The URL can be used to link to this page

Pyrotechnics Permit Application Copyrighted August 18, 2023 City of Dubuque Special Meeting Action Items # 01. ITEM TITLE: Pyrotechnics PermitApplication SUM MARY: City Manager recommending City Council approval of a Pyrotechnic Permit as submitted by the I mage SFX for pyrotechnics display at a music performance at the Q Casino on August 20, 2023. SUGGESTED Suggested Disposition: Receive and File;Approve DISPOSITION: ATTACHMENTS: Description Type MVM Memo City Manager Memo Staff Memo Staff Memo Application Supporting Documentation Supporting Documentation Supporting Documentation Dubuque THE CITY QF � All-Meriea Ciry DLT B E ; . � . � �� MaSt� Z�C� aYd t�Q Mt55ZSSZ Z zoa�•zoiz•�ai3 YP pp za��*zai� TO: The Honorable Mayor and City Council Members FROM: Michael C. Van Milligen, City Manager SUBJECT: Pyrotechnics Permit DATE: August 16, 2023 Fire Marshal Kevin Esser is recommending City Council approval of a Pyrotechnic Permit as submitted by the Image SFX for a pyrotechnics display at a music performance at the Q Casino on August 20, 2023. I concur with the recommendation and respectfully request Mayor and City Council approval. � Mic ael C. Van Milligen MCVM:sv Attachment cc: Crenna Brumwell, City Attorney Cori Burbach, Assistant City Manager Amy Scheller, Fire Chief Kevin Esser, Fire Marshal Alex Dixon, President and Chief Executive Officer Dubuque Racing Association Dubuque THE CITY OF � All•A�eri�a Cil� Du 8 E �.¶��«��,:u.. � � � � ��r Maste i2ce on th� MisSiSsi i zoo�•zolz=zois � pp zoi�*zoi� TO: Mike Van Milligen, City Manager FROM: Kevin Esser, Fire Marshal DATE: August 16, 2023 RE: Q Casino Pyrotechnics Permit INTRODUCTION The ImageSFX has applied for a permit to use pyrotechnics at the Jelly Roll music performance at the Q Casino on August 20, 2023. Pyrotechnic permits require the approval of the City Council prior to permit issuance. BACKGROUND A permit application has been received for pyrotechnics display during the Jelly Roll performance taking place outdoors at the Q Casino on August 20, 2023. The pyrotechnics will be operated by an experienced and licensed pyrotechnics operator. All required documents have been submitted including a certificate of liability, a site plan, types and quantities of pyrotechnics, a safety plan, and the operator's qualifications and experience. The Q Casino has agreed to pay overtime for firefighter standby during the perFormance. RECOMMENDATION I recommend the City Council's approval of the Pyrotechnic Permit submitted by ImageSFX for the use of pyrotechnics at the Jelly Roll music performance at the Q Casino on August 20, 2023. cc: Amy Scheller, Fire Chief ��f DUBiJ UE _ .,� FI Er �,ww 11 WEST 9T". STREET DUBUQUE, IOWA 52001 563-589-4160 FAX 563-589-4209 Permit Application Date of Application: 8/16/23 Business, Organization, or AppliCant Name: Image Engineering Special Effects, Inc. dba ImageSFX COntaCt PersOn: Ariana Pazdersky Address: 975 White Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119 Phone Number: 702-844-6055 Fax: Cell phOne: 443-618-9707 E-Mail address arianap@imageengineering.com Type of Permit Requested: (Check one) ❑ Agricultural Land Burn (30 day) ❑ Bon Fire (1 day) ❑ Blasting (30 day) � Fireworks / Pyrotechnics (1 day) ❑ Land Clearing Burn (30 day) ❑ Prescribed Burn (30 day) Please provide information regarding permit request and event location: 1.4q pyrotechnic Gerb waterfall and Flame Effects for Jelly Roll Concert 7pm on 8/20/23(a�Q Casino: 1855 Greyhound Park Rd, Dubuque, IA 52001 Details regarding the permit requirements must be filed when application is made and whenever requested by the Fire MarshaL It is the applicant's responsibility to satisfy all permit requirements, submit applicable fees with application, and ensure that conditions are in accordance with applicable State and Local fire regulations. Applicant' ignature FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY DATE ISSUED: FEE: $ ❑ PAID FIRE MARSHAL Irnage Engineering 5pe�ial Effe�t�, Inc .._ � � �75111�hit� Drive • L�s lleg�s, �I11 � � '1 'i � �� 2 .��.� � 55 Jelly Roll Tour 2023 � _.�_ r r i � � f _ � I Y � �. � �' a . � � P . '.1 A � " i � . � _ �, x • � � �..f;�r-�- . .� , � ' � � � � ' � s � _ � � � � � = f � • � � r � r � f r � � � i � � r � This booklet is designed to provide you with all the information required to approve a permit for pyrotechnics, flame, and CO2 effects that will be used during Jelly Roll's 2022 Tour. We have designed our safety plan to meet or exceed the requirements of NFPA 1126 and NFPA 160. Crew Members Contact Information: Copies of licenses for Operators are included in this booklet. Crew Chief/Shooter - Greg Schaatt Cell: 214-405-7976 Email �yro.667@�mail.com Kelly Kamp - Project Manager Direct Phone Number: 443-791-4072 Email: kellyk@imageengineering.com Please direct any questions regarding permitting or this booklet to - Ariana Pazdersky CeII: 443-618-9707 Email: arianap@imageengineering.com Thank you, Katherine Thomas Compliance Coordinator, ImageSFX L Section 1 s� _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ns _ • - r � � - - . � - � - . - � . : ■ ■ ■ : � � . � Schedule of Sho ws DATE VENUE LOCATION July 28 , 2023 BankPlus Amphitheater Southaven July 29 , 2023 Ameris Bank Amphtheater Alpharetta July 30 , 2023 The Warf Amphitheater Orange Beach August 1 , 2023 The Orion Amphitheater Huntsville August 3 , 2023 Dairen Lake Amphitheater Darien Center August 4 , 2023 Xfinity Center Mansfield August 5 , 2023 Maine Savings Amphitheater Bangor August 8 , 2023 Bank of New Hampshire Gilford Pavilion August 9 , 2023 Hartford HealthCare gridgeport Amphitheater August 11 , 2023 Jiffy Lube Live Bristow August 12 , 2023 Veterans United Home Loans Virginia Beach Amphitheater at VB August 15 , 2023 The Pavilion at Star Lake Burgettstown August 17 , 2023 Pine Knob Music Theatre Clarkston August 18 , 2023 �erican Family Insurance Milwaukee Amphitheater August 19 , 2023 Hollywood Casino St. Louis Amphitheatre August 22 , 2023 Ford Center Evansville August 24 , 2023 The Walmart AMP Rogers August 25 , 2023 CHI Health Center Omaha Omaha August 26 , 2023 T-Mobile Center Kansas City August 29 , 2023 United Supermarket Arena Lubbock i August 30 , 2023 Isleta Amphitheater Albuquerque September 1 , 2023 MGM Grand Garden Arena Las Vegas L DATE VENUE LOCATION September 2 , 2023 USANA Amphitheatre Salt Lake City September 3 , 2023 Fiddler ' s Green Amphitheatre Greenwood Village September 5 , 2023 Summit Arena at the Monument Rapid City September 6 , 2023 Brick Breeden Filedhouse Bozeman September 8 , 2023 RV Inn Style Resorts portland Amphitheater September 9 , 2023 The Gorge Amphitheatre George September 10 , 2023 The Gorge Amphitheatre George September 12 , 2023 Hayden Homes Amphitheater Bend Thursday, September 14 , 2023 Concord Pavilion Concord September 15 , 2023 Mechanics Bank Arena Bakersfiled September 16 , 2023 Talking Stick Resort phoenix Amphitheater September 19 , 2023 Paycom Center Oklahoma City September 21 , 2023 Germania lnsurance Austin Amphitheater September 22 , 2023 The Cynthia Woods Mitchell Houston Pavillion September 23 , 2023 Dos Equis Pavilion Dallas September 26 , 2023 Cadence Bank Arena Tupelo September 28 , 2023 Riverbent Music Center Cincinnati September 29 , 2023 Ruoff Music Center Indianapolis September 30 , 2023 Blossom Music Center Cuyahoga Falls October 3 , 2023 Charleston Coliseum Charleston October 5 , 2023 Live Oak Bank Pavilion Wilmington October 6 , 2023 Greensboro Coliseum Complex Greensboro October 10 , 2023 Rupp Arena Lexington October 12 , 2023 Bon Secours wellness Arena Greenville October 13 , 2023 VyStar Veterans Memorial Jacksonville Arena October 14 , 2023 Midflorida Credit Union Tampa Amphitheatre Image Engineering Special Effects, Inc. 975 White Drive � Las Vegas, NV 89119 702.844.��55 _ � • � . • � . • � � - • • L Effects & Consu mables List EFFECT DEVICE CONSUMABLES AMOUNT QTY PER SHOW Salamander Quad Pros 8 500ML Salamander Quad Pro Flame Canisters 32 G-Flame Units 6 G-Flame Canisters 24 CO2 Jets 6 501b CO2 Tanks 12 Pyro Product List PRODUCT QTY PER SHOW 30' x 20 Second Silver Gerb Waterfalls 41 15 Second Red Strobe Flare 12 1 second x 3' Wide x 4' High Red Flame Mortars 6 25' 22mm Red Low Smoke Mines 6 � Section 3 �pec�ai t�� _ Diagrams � � . � •,, . � - i - r� �� , � � �xi�,'�I r��L4�Y' f r '1� ! � y . , . . . , . , . , , . . , �� i utiw�-�-aJ iF4riY�Le Ja r14�•ai. ,��ia��Lri{4'ri��CIY�i1i�.z�a2'�SLwi�rF�i�� •. ...rr�aY l�li iirL�h I�Vi iil i�iFi Y W Y`..� i .��F��4�f�a•��.1�++4#�WF+r/��1�w. � � � . ' . .' .... .�af�. •,.n �� 5 �1�$E F�E L��L-L1�'�"�P`�� ' Lx f L'Fjf]i�_rrrJ:� �; y , k F } I � i -' � I �. ' F �'� , ��E��Tf F�LL�4��T � r � -� `-LTEraGE C•�',r,a•ry. 'w F � ■ � -' l � � �� '� R��i�r'�� R . . � _ I F- - � 5'-'•-- r �� .�f ti�C]�� rs' �5 � _ , .�� ,� � I}�� I I �_._..� ��, .... .__. _ - �4�ME EM NI �� ._� �,- - - ' -.� ,_.- ' - �.- �.�- - f,.�-• � ..�,.�,�,.,, r � r � 't 'S ir � r 'E � 'y ' S i 'y r � 'y • r ' 1 .. �� _ j � _ � ' •„ � � •.i� " I � •� 1 .'i � ° •,: I •ah `� � _ I 5 '� r � '� � �ti r `� r rr � r �iLP JDC 1 '� +5 '� �� r _ �` �ti r � �� _ 1 'S � F r �'} � r� •ti � �k � �' � ��}�!�.i^ '+ I� � S�A�S FL.��FlE�!?�+ �',;i�� 'J' � �tC�w��:r. :•� � �',LP F3�t�g�FC r _� _ _ " � �' . � �' _�__ � �.+I�IMial�:�• �,��}��f _-- , ��- �1 - __ ____��- � M G�14�r QNE �� .•.�m.�ti � '�' - ti � � � � - i,,• ��4�r � • .:r� � i ,� ,� �AI�F,UtiI '� � ', � �r ti ti . 0 — d � �'ti � �— �T,�� U�1T� Af�� _."�" f��T aIV�L�J�E� IN I�E'� - , t � �� i� J.�� ' -- �EE LA�T ��E �, � �" ,. �,. _ --; - , . � � _ . — ��, = _r � . � ti � -,.�� ..,.,_,�. r.- �'� . •- -�� ... � .. � A I r, •.� i� � �• t • - - �' � ` -- - i..�i_.� _�_ �•i�.�y• . �� :�4 � ._s--.`.- � " ti - I 5 �l � � � � - tiM1��'�� .,: � � � � � �� r � � �'.i i:�ti ir��!C��METi�Rk�E��4;� Y � � � I�J2!;:•Sk A C+,]�L�1 E 6l^rTE�i 4y1TY1 6ALKL;!'s � � ❑ i� i r; ,-L��ti 1 �3,i,?��L•:: H �F�VI l�T 4�FC3AT�� f.�.'[74�?f�;- L� � r��I � ��.�� ,�._ �5 ��ED�,�L . TA1�1�5�i#3�0�4�T�F ��_ � ��7 �TA�E r�7�Ot3,r3L'��_ � '�+�TR�.h��-{�4�1+�E ��3d��v';' � ��T1��C�� LJ�C� �f� V1�1�� RJ� C�f"115�� C� �� r+��*�irvae�MA►,r�� i��-.[:tir_:.� � � �... ��t � _ �-��a�rr�� rit� ��r ��ni��;s �a�ch �ELL'� ��LL T�4�R � _ �r�� ,�et v�ith � ��# �� at ��[� �� IPF�IT�IF��ER ,.� . . .a ,t, �..�, . _ L��,r�1-. . . .... � _ �- 1 � s��1 r��l str�k�� - - � -�==-� �j ��?s��'�-'.� 0 — ��r� I��rd v�ri�f� �r�� cl� re� ;I�r�r-G� r�r-k�R--t�r �� :�Sx��_ ;+ �,_, .-__ . ...- ;.J_ _=_ ��' r��l r��n� -� �� , , � : _ . ..r��,1.. A�,�I�en�� rr��r- � • ` E��LI�� LJ�HT� �� D,�N_NQRMAN�E�DLI�ELJ,�SHTS.COA�I � +1 �.��7_�13 .� .�, �4:,�. .4�. .�-�.. .�- -r,,- .�. � � i � ,■� � _ —`— � � � — -- — �_ _�-• }- -J -�_ _� , •�: �• • � • w � i — — � I — �-- ~{ — �-- --� �-- � - --� �-- . --� i ��_� -- -- �_�� `#' �' � � - • � Y . ��_r z_�k , � �� .. ..� � � � ��..�� . �� ,� �� - : 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1—• 1 1 1 1— 1 1—�-1 1—�—l �—�—L 1 � _ � � � ._ � __ M ._ • � � � � �� M � E y k � �.. — I --•�••— --.�.....— --•'••— i�i ....— ` ` —..�..— � —..�..—� —........— _ —..�.._ —..��.._ —..� .—� � —..� .—� —..�..— � � � i I ��. ,�� . * : - * i i ■I ' � � �� • � � �� _ _� � �� — —r � r� r ,__ ....... ,__ : : # � :.� ��.� �.�� .� �.� �� .� �..i ''� 'Y : : , ; '--- -�-- ,�� : - ,1 ��: - -�':-� -�' ,� �: _� -�'-� -�� ;� �F -� -��- -� , ., , �- - - - � - -� - -� , �! � : : ..- : : . .- . . - �• � '� , �' , � � , �'j ;' ; " , �j ;' ; .� � i =' ,� � I � I I I - ! � ! � ' � ! i ! i - � ! i ! i '; '�.' , . : , � � � � � , � , , � � �, , ' , , _ , � . : ,:�, , , ___ ___ � � ___; � � ___; � � :�;, i ; � � � � ! ! ! ! � ! � i ! � ! � i ! � ! � �' �� . : ; ? i � � ! . � I I � � j j � ; j � '� , � . • . - • * i , , , . �. .� . . . . . , , , c �ic � i� �s t� it� i �t� : �t� c � . : :�. i i � � ' ' � � i i � �I i i � �� i :�: i � ��:�� r�_ �—'—:�—'—� _ � ��:�� _ :—'—i�—'—P _ � �—"—i:—"—C i i - - - - - i ,i ' � � i . . .� �. • • .� �. � , � , .� .�� _� � � • ■� .�� , � • � . 1 II ' I� 'I� :� ��: I� -'I� :� ��: _ �'�I �'�I :� �: �'�I'_ �'�I :� �; �'�I' �'�I I ti i i - - - - - - - � � , � � . . — — . . — — � . — — � . i : I `�• � •� � —� �• � � I �• � I �• � •�i :�.'�� i � i � -�1�- � � . � -�1�- I i I i -�I�� l i l i -�I�� i. � i ��,�'�_ . . . � __ _ ..._.� __�__�._.�_____�_'__..�F__'__�._. a__ _!__�__'�__'_�_____'*��T___�__�_ '____�__'_a__'�___'a____y�..__'�____'�__a__ �____�_"_�__�'___y��..l__"�____�_'_'�__�_ _�____f'__'__�a��. _'�_'_'F____'_'__F__�'_ _'�'_' •__'�• � I�'�I��u��i i��i�u��ii��u�� ii��i��ur��i�ui��u��iu��i��ui��u��u� li'�'.1�1 I��I � I�'�I��u�� ■�:�u��:��..��.��■�� :�.�u■��'�'�'�_��■■��■��■u��■�■��■�:■■�■��.�.■��■■��■�.■��I�'��'�■I — --• — �— '-�"'� 'F—'�— " — — —�—''-- •—"'. —'�"�'— - —�— -- '�'— — —'�-- — —y.�•-- -- —y'—.'— t—'—'" —�—'''— 'y"y'— — '�' — —�— ---� — —'�•' — — �---''- --F—"' — � � � � •� � •� 1• 7 _ 1= F - 7 Y I � � I I I I I -I I I I I I I' � I I I � I I � I �� ' � I I I I I � I I � � _I I I � ' ''� ; ; . . . . . . . , , , — :r ::� , � - ,: -,;� �s - , �:: �: ::r� : - ��::�� : � � :;� !. � � � �: -� � �� - :� � � � -� �i :� �� , �, � � :_ r.� . i— —ii� — �� _ — —ii—� — _ ��_ —ii— —i _ _ —;i— _ _ —ii— � � , , - - - - , � - —'�: —"— �!'�: - :!'— �� , ' ;_-�-;- .� � �i. �� - .� ��. - _� -� .� �. - �.� �- -� .� �� - �i - �i � ', , , � � - - _ - - , . - - . . ,_ . �, , . �. ; �; ;� ; � ; ;� ; - -� ;. ; ;�. ; , i � i � � _ � � _ � � i � i � ; � i � i _ � ; � i � i , , , , . , , � r � � �� I �� i I �� ,. -,. ,. -,• .,, � 'i i i �r• ��• �� .. _ ' � � � - - � � _ � �� ' � � _ � �' � � '.� I �' � I � � � � i � i � � I , � , � � ,, ' � ' , '� � � . . � f I I � � I I • I I • I I '� � , � ■ � - - . - . M . - - - . M � - - � � � , , � # � , ; � � 1 ; 1 _; 1 , ' ; �� J� - �� J� �� -� �� i � �� i - �� , ��. :_._._::_._._: _ :_._._::-�-�-: _ :-�--::-�---: _- -_ :----':---�-' _- -. :_._._;:---: :�' ■ �� ' �'�� '� '�� ' �■ � �� • �� r � r� i .. . . _ . � .. _ _... � . � � � � � .... � � _ � � � � .... � � � . � . � .... � . � . � . � ...... � .'—'." � '_— . _ � __.�._ ..—_... � M � � M1 I� F � � F � �I � E � � E � 'II' �r' R � � R � �I I� M � � M � '■ �� 'fFs' '�f.q�� - � �`�--r+ 1+�—��+ � �—r i`�--�, �`�--r, i`�--�, �• Lr, �`�--�, �`�--i, �`��—�, �`��•f li, �`��—�+ �`�--i+ �`�--�+ �- � i �`�--�+ i`�--i+ �`�--�, i— `i �`�—i�, i`�--i, �—: - �� M� I� � � � �I � � � � 9�5 �� I� � � � � ly � � � � ��` �� rr i� �� r �� .ri �� r��r i �a�r� �� a�r� �� i�� u.r� i�.��r �� .,i �� — �� .� . .' � . - . �� .... �. - � _ � - .... -� - � - � - .... - � - . - �- "" - � - ' - .� ...r . �� - � � '. i� � i - • � � � i � � � � - . - . • - • � � .. . .. ��f�� Image Engineering 5pecial Effects, Inc. 975 White Drive � Las Vegas, NV 89 'I 'I 9 7�2.844.6�55 - � � � • - - . . • . Greg 'fly' Schaatt 2707 Crestmoor Ct., Arlington, Texas 76016 Phone: (214)405-7976. E-Mail: pyro.667@gmail.com Experience I am proficient in the installation, and safe operation of close-proximity fireworks, flame effects and other special effects for a variety of venues, clients and events. I currently hold licenses in Oklahoma, Texas & Nevada. I have experience with the Fire One, Galaxis, Pyrodigital and Cobra firing systems, as well as most of the current flame units. I currently operate my own pyro company and work for the following: Sparktacular, Inc.- Safety, compliance & rentals of"cold-spark"technology JellyRoll/ Bailee Touring References are available upon request. Concerts Bose Showcase at SxSW 3/2023 got pyro, Ilc Austin, TX JellyRoll 5-12/2022 got pyro, Ilc US tour $uicide Boy$ 9-11/2021 Light FX Pros US tour Latin Grammy Awards 11/2019 Quantum/ ER Las Vegas, NV EDC 5/2019 Volt Live/Quantum FX Las Vegas, NV Lost Lands Festival 9/2018 Volt-Live Lacrea ATWT 2017- FX coordinator(permitting and liaison) Calvin Harris 2016 Coachella- Crew Chief/Quantum FX LL Cool J Dallas & Houston 2015- Designer& Lead Technician Shinedown Uproar Festival 2012- Lead Technician & Designer/Stage & Effects Guns 'n' Roses Europe 2012- Lead Technician/Stage & Effects Nickelback 2010-Touring Technician/Stage & Effects Shinedown DVD "Somewhere in the Stratosphere" 2010/-Lead Technician & Designer/Stage & Effects Disturbed 2010/ Lead Technician & Designer/Stage & Effects Three Days Grace 2009-2010- Lead Technician/Stage & Effects 3 Doors Down 2008- Lead Technician/ Pyritz 3 Doors Down 2005- Lead Technician/AES Poison 2002- Lead Technician/AES Rammstein 2001-Touring Technician/ Fireworks America Corporate/Sports/Stunt Shows/Assorted 10X Everlast Productions MGM Grand Las Vegas, NV Austin FC 2021- Image Engineering Angelo State University- Football, Softball & Baseball- 2015- Present UNT Football 2020- Illumination Fireworks Pro Rodeo Tour Finals 2019- Rapid City, SD PRCA-Xrtreme Bronc Finals 2020- Rapid City, SD NYE 2019/ Freemont Street- ER Productions Latin Grammy Awards 2019-Quantum FX Cirque Du Soleil 5/2019-11/2019 SPFX Project Manager for R.U.N at the Luxor Las Vegas, NV Denver Premium Outlets Grand Opening 9/2018 NBC Golf- 7/2018 &2019 Volvic Lond Drive Championship- Princess Cruise Lines 2012-2020 Installation Technician, Safety&Training Pyro Spectaculars, Inc. Houston Symphony- Freedom Celebrations 2015-present Designer& Lead Technician San Angelo Rodeo 2006-2008, 2012-present Designer& Lead Technician US Foods 10/2016 Designer& Lead Technician Reunion Tower Renovation Celebration 2013/Co-Lead Technician & Local Compliance Technician NBA San Antonio Spurs 2005-2016 Houston Livestock Show and Rodeo 2006-2008 MPA/Woodbridge Page 2 NBA All-Star Game 2006 AES Verizon Wireless Amphitheater in Selma, Texas (San Antonio)2005-2008 (Now Closed)/ House Pyro License AFL Austin Wranglers 2005-2007 NBA Finals 2005 AES NBA Finals 2005 dba got pyro WNBA Silver Stars 2005-2016 CHL Laredo Bucks 2004-2012 Dallas Cowboys 2004 Strictly F/X Super Bowl XXXVIII 2002 Pyro Spectaculars One-year Countdown to 2002 Winter Olympics 2001 MP Associates/Woodbridge 500-day Countdown to 2002 Winter Olympics 2000 MP Associates/Woodbridge Medieval Times 2000-2001 MP Associates/Woodbridge Batman 1996-1998 PPA Astros 1998-1990 PPA Batman 1995 Six Flags Over Texas 12116122.f 1.:4Q AM 5ircon F'latform �+� �� • ��n��/Jn �f �^ � f �� T/'�—� � � !rr�� f � �� . ��'�t�1 fr� � I `�,� ti !1 �i�i �y / � � �� S'�+ � � {, � �`y I � rk `Il � � � �I ,� ,�'; �� • + �� i� � ,' j� �• �' !'` �' � � .� 'w� � � � �'1 � F'� � �6�i r �Il'' I� ��I. �� `�� `�''� � ' �',� ��-.�x �: - - � � �' ��....��4L~- '��/ � �� F�-Flame Effects �perator �RE��RI� �CN►4ATT �7�7 cR�srn�ooR cT ARLINGT�N, T7C �5�'�5'�4�4 is author��ed �o transac� business as described aho�e Licens� No; 1T4�15a issue ❑ate: a1-28-2��4 ExpiratEar� Da�e: 41-28-2D24 Generated�y 5ir�an 284924182 �� ,tE�1 f7!''�yfr. �. ;� IS�i�RE�Y AIJTFi�RIZED TQ TF2A�fSAGT BUSINESS IN N �-�• � ACCaR�ANCE T�`CHE LlCEPVSE DESCRIPTl�N SMOWIV Lh.r:t�t�rti�ttirr�r•L�s��ti�•� �. y ��a � ::' BEL4W: Ti-IIS !S Ta CERTIFY THAT * . • '� * . fT.��} . GREGORY SCHAATT ��-�lame E�i#ects �peratvr �707 CRES7MQDR CT ARLINC7DN,T7C 76016142R issue Daie:61-28-2004 Exgiraiion Qate:�1-28-2[�24 ' Generated 6y Sircon 284s2at81 LICENSF NLl�,�BER�174�'150 hEtps'Ifpiatf orm.sircon.00mi Nllieense-princ l l] 12/16/22,11:41 AM Sircon Platform ��-� � y '�� ----_�� ~ �� , , � � + �, � �� /y` �s ��r+r r � ��x�5'�, �ti , � �i '��, �.I�� '� '� � '''� � �� ,+� � � � �,ti � �� F � � �� _ � � � ._ � � �r � ��- . -- � �� FM-Pyrotechnic Special Eff Op GREGORY SCHAATT 2707 CRESTMOOR CT ARLINGTON, TX 760161424 is authorized to transact business as described above License No: 1741252 Issue Date: 12-29-1998 Expiration Date: 12-29-2023 Generated by Sircon 284924321 �� :i�r��.. ti�'� -��:.. IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO TRANSACT BUSINESS IN '�� Uer*aTr��nTor�r�sur,��c•i � � ' ' ACCORDANCE TO THE LICENSE DESCRIPTION SHOWN � ;.. � ��,�.+M,' BELOW: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT #�:tin�. / GREGORY SCHAATT FM-Pyrotechnic Special Eff Op 2707 CRESTMOOR CT ARLINGTON,TX 760161424 Issue Date: 12-29-1998 Expiration Date:12-29-2023 Generated by Sircon 284924321 LICENSE NUMBER: 1741252 https://platform.sircon.com/#/license-print 1/1 � � ` ■ ' ■ ■ _ � . � ` , � � � i � � ■ ■ � i � � ■ � Section 5 Applicable _ _u�� __ . �,��, al Licenses held by Spec�al Effects Company [].S.DepQ�•tneent aTJusticc �'eU@C�� r�7�[��dSi�es L�censell��Clillt Fiureau al.�lrc,hc�l. ]��h�3��n.I irrari�l,::nti i:��l�„i�c, {�� :S C �`Jtrrpter �a} n nnm�e��Ilue� I lla Iq11n i r�tlm�1f1lI In arcn�;l;mr��riili Ihr�,rc,�isinn�nI 1 iElr.l'i.t.}i�a�iit�c3 C'ri�nr C�m��nl Art��f l��"n.an�i ili�r�tul��iinns i�su�.9�licrci��ti�E�r?2�L l i.Pt��7 ��F.�c�u ma� r�is�a�c in Ih��cii�it� ��rrifiai in ilii�]ir�3t�cc+r EnrmEt uilhiit 1h. Gnt3falio��s�,1 L ha��tcr-i{i. Till� lti.l'llil�ci titalrs C C��E an�[tkt�r<<�ul.��in�r,i,�ur,��h�rrun�f�r.u�uil�he v�piratinn date shnuii. [kli5 I.ICF.�i�F: 15 1[l1 TH:itiSFE:R.a13i_.I i �U�.kt Z- [ Fi2��.i. Ser"11:1kViVC�S":3n�i"ti(il IC'}:ti"c��t r�r�rs�. I]ireet A I I ATF-Chiel.FEI.,C i_ie'ense Yeriaiit C[�rrespnndenc'e'I n Z��Ncecl� Road Nun�her ' � E � � 1 1 � � !/iaFti»shurg.W V?��l[]5-�#�t ��tlCt.FCdL'iill�.\�7]0�3��1:5 LIL:L'I1S111�CL'IIIC tFELC) I'��ira�inn n�� ' f 1 Nam� IiVIAGE 5FX Pi�emises Addi•ess[.Chyzgas;' \otifi ilic 1 IiLC;at]cnst 1 u d:irs i�cf��re the i3iu.c.� 975 WHITE ❑R LA5 VEGAS, NV 89119- Type nf I.ir.ense c�r Ycnnil 54-USEFi OF EXPLOSIVES Purci�asi�ae Cerlificalion 5lutemenl Maiiiitg Ilddn:ss(L:hanges? Nenifi'ttie t t:I.0 af anv chsnges.} 'llzc lic��saa or pemiittz�na�nzd abu��J�all usa a cop�uf'iliic li�R�sz or pert�zit w�S.i�a tr:�tvEeren uf'r�plc�si�rs lu�zrif�thz idenlin:u�d iltz lic�i�d slalut ed'Ehz lii�'��szz nr p�miltre aspra�•idedh} 27 C'FR Pari 555. 7}i�Sip�aLur�•cm�a�li�c�n��z�usl hc:ui ori�i�iaf IfVIAGE ENGIiVEERING SPECIAL E�FECTS INC si zature. .a 1'axad_s�:��ned ur zinsilzd��py ut'�hr Ii��se ur pz�m�ii tFi[li�Liy��:�ic�r�• uri��dcd tu Uc an uriguial�i��aturr is scc�tahlr. Th�sigiau�r��must ha�fuu uf'ih��Frd�al IMAG� S�7C �',��]jp51�-CS LAC'�'115C'C{3�L1:1 or a respu�asihi�p�son ut'the 1�1:L. 3 ca-tih�that tltis i�a tn�� 975 W HIT� aF� �e��nf a li�ntce cn n�r�nii iss��cd io the Eic��risee�rr�rmlittee izuned 3hn�e to��i�nee iEi tli� LAS V EGAS� NV 891 19- husinesc�x��atirrtis c��ifi•d ahu�e under..,f�pe�,f I.ir��5e en Y�nniE... �I'��GSId�.Qi�� I.icensee P�rrnillee I�etipn :ihle l'�r,nn 5igizalurc l'o�itinn l i!€e �._ _�o k Is ��ul� I '��— PI�It11.C[��tlfilC F7�3 e � �"1F F�irm 4lrxt k�.'titix�-��Pan 1 Y:2'�ii1i14LUlIl��[1151.)��y��•��• �MAGEENCINEEAINGSPECiR�EF�ECi31NC.9]SWHITEOF:E9119:PXY-00.9-51-SUDSlPi:Aprlli,3OP5:Sl�16EflPFEIPLO51YE8 Re�-ised5eptember?i�ll Federal Ezplosires 15cense(FEL)C'ustonter 5e��icc InTurmarion �'edcral E:�pl«si�cs Z.icensing Ccntcr{1'F.i.CJ 7nl!-f'ree I'elephonc Itilumber {$77}28�-3352 A'I I-'I-famepaee:�vw«.ail:�a� 2�1-4 Need} Rnad I'a�Numhcr: �3D=#)C Ifi-t401 Martinsbure.W'V 2��Di-4d i l F.-mail fFI.0 rr atf�gnr C.�ange r�T address rZ7 C'FR a5S..7alcr)(11I- I.icensees nr pern�iriecs ma) during the tcrin ut'th�ir current li�cnse or permit remo��e tl�eir busiaess ar operations to a ne��]ooaticm at n hieh the} intend regular3�in earn on such husiness nr r�peratinns. The iieensee or permittee is required to gi�e notilicatinn ni'the ne« Ineation ul'the business or c�p�ratinns nnt less lhan I D da�•s grior tn sueh remnsal��ith t1i�Chiet:F�dcral F.�pinsi�es Licensin¢Ccnlcr. 1-he license ar permit�4i11 be Galid Y'or lhe remainder oY t�ie teriii of'tlle c�rigiiial licesise nr permit. [The C7�ief,FTI.f:,shall,iT the lirrnsce nr pc�Tnittce is nat q�alifird,E•efc�•ti�e rrqurst fur amendcd Gcensi or pei�nit tn the Direetnr af Industn Dperatiuns fnr�lenial in aeenrdance wit�§55S.5a.) Ri�!ht u!'Suceessiun {37 C"1�T�.7.7�..791. f.a}C eriain�ersons ather Ihan the licensee cx pentiitt��ma� SL�tire tlie rigtiF la�am'on ttia sarne e�plosi�'e mat�rials business nr nperatinns ai ihe same address shrn�n nn.and!nr 11�e rernainder nt 11�e ierm nt:a wrrent licrnse e�r permii. 5uch persan�are: (1)'1 he sun i�ing spouse or cliild.ar e�ecutnr.administratnr.nr otl�rr legxl represenlxli�e nl a deceased Ii�etzsee ar pennillee;and{?}A receiver or fruslee in bxnkruplcy.or Nn assignc•e lar benefit ai crrdiiars. {hJ In arder to seaure the nKlil pro��ideri b��tl�is sectio3i.llze persori or persaz�s coiitii�uin�tl��biisiiiess ar operations sl�all furnisli tl�e li�ense ar pennit far for iliat husizzess or aperations tor endarsen�ei�t ns such si3u.essirni�o tlie L'Iziei.H�LC.��•itt�in 3li da}'s frairi the datc an��lii�h tl�e su�ccssor brgins to cam nzl tl�e hi�siness ar c��ratioz�s. rCnnrinr�ed on+•er-evse sidej Cut Here�C �----------------------------------� iFedcral E�plosi►•r�Liremer Pr�mit[FEL)lnfoimation Card i I Lic�tisc.'Perrnit Nante:IMAGE ElJGIHlEERING SPECIAL EFFECTS INC I I i i � i 13usiness Name: iMAGE SFX 3 I ] I i � l.ice��s��'emiit Number:9-NV-p03•54-5�-00424 � � i � Li�ensc F'ennit T}pe:54-USER flF E7(PL�51VE5 � I I I I � F.tpiratirnz: April 1,2fl25 � I I Plz�st�ute: �vS L'alid fna 11�z Salz vr Chlier Ilis�cniticm al'F.�plosi�'et I ------------�-------^---------� r— � ■ � ■ ! ■ � � . r � , � � � i � � ■ • � i � � ■ � Section 6 Evidence o� � r.,��,�, _ . . �� ompany General Liabil�ty Insurance Coverage Client#: 1508518 ADVANTENT2 DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) ACORDrM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 5/19/2023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT:If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement.A statement on this certificate does not confer any rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Sharon B Gardner NAME: USI Insurance Svcs, LLC CL PHONE _ FAX A/C,No,Ext: (NC,No): 11350 McCormick Rd, Suite 1203 pD R�ess: sharon.gardner@usi.com Hunt Valley, MD 21030 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# uvsuReR a:National Union Fire Ins Co of Pitts,PA 19445 INSURED INSURER B:C21't8111 Ulld@YWI'It@YS 8t LIOYdS 1122 Image Engineering Special Effects, InC. New Ham shire Insurance Com an 23841 INSURER C: P P Y dba ImageSFX Certain Underwriters at Llo ds of Londo 15642N INSURER D: Y PO Box 16695 Westchester Sur lus Lines Insurance Co. 10172 Baltimore, MD 21221-1752 INSURER E: P uvsuReR F: HDI Global Insurance Company 41343 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSR WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) A �( COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 9969465 6/01/2023 06/01/202 EACH OCCURRENCE $1�000�000 CLAIMS-MADE n OCCUR PR MISES�a occur°nce $300,000 X NO Ded/SIR MED EXP(Any one person) $25�000 X TRIA Incl PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1�OOO�OOO GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $Z�OOO�OOO PRO- POLICY X JECT X LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $Z�OOO�OOO OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 5721652 6/01/2023 06/01/202 E�a aoc deD SINGLE LIMIT $1'000'000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE X AUTOS ONLY X AUTOS ONLY Per accident $ $ B UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR ZXS012803 1/31/2023 01/31/202 EACH OCCURRENCE $2 000 000 �( EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $Z OOO OOO DED X RETENTION$O $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION 13265867 6/01/2023 06/01/202 X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY STATUTE ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y/N E.L EACH ACCIDENT $1�OOO�OOO OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? � N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1�000�0�� If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1�OOO�OOO D Excess Liab 3X2 XS1145423 1/31/2023 01/31/202 3,000,000 occ/agg E Excess Liab 5X5 G72562641002 1/31/2023 01/31/202 5,000,000 occ/agg F Excess Liab 5X10 HDHX003700620 1/31/2023 01/31/202 5,000,000 occ/a DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) For Information Only CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION For Information Onl SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE y THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 1�� O 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION.All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) 1 of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S40124105/M40119750 SBGEE lmage Engineering 5pecial EfFects, Inc. 975 Vllhite �ri�e � Las Vegas, NV 8g 'I 'I 9 7�2.8��.6�55 _ � . - � � - - : • . . • - • � � ' ■ ■ � _ � . � ' � � . � i . i ■ ■ � : � � r � Sto rag e P rotoco I All pyrotechnic product used falls under the DOT classification of 1.4G for Explosives Shipping. All pyrotechnic product and flammable fluids will be shipped in their DOT approved shipping boxes from the manufacturers and geld in approved DOT storage until it is brought into the venue on show day. Temporary on-site storage and assembly will be in an approved pyro area provided by the venue on day of show. Once the product boxes are opened, the product will be installed in their holders and the fluid in the appropriate flame units and then placed in their final positions on stage. Any unused or unfired product will be packaged back up in the DOT approved storage boxes and removed from the site at the conclusion of the event form proper disposal per manufacturer, state, and federal guidelines. L Section 8 � ■ � ■ ! ■ � � . r � , � � � i � � ■ • � i � � ■ � Safet Plan Y For TOURING P YR O TECHNI C EFFEC TS nepvri emergencies <<4 nvurs� io Company Safety Manager: Kelly Kamp 443-791 -4072 Non-Emergency contact: kel lyk@ i mageeng i neri ng.com L Pyrotechnic Effect Definition Pyrotechnic Effect is defined as "Explosions, flashes, smoke, flames, fireworks or other pyrotechnic driven effects used in the entertainment industry are referred to as theatrical special effects, special effects, or proximate pyrotechnics. Proximate refers to the pyrotechnic device's location relative to an audience." Safety Responsibility for Pyrotechnic Effects The safety of the crew, the performers, and the audience is of paramount importance to Image SFX. No effect is more important than insuring the safety of everyone present. All crew members are responsible for safe operation of the pyrotechnic effects and maintenance of all pyrotechnic product, firing system, and safety gear. Any deviations from the safety plan shall be reported immediately to the crew chief. Pyrotechnic effects will be operated according to the manufacturers best practices and following all permit conditions from the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The AHJ will have the final decision on the safe operation of the pyrotechnic effects. Pyro Effects Safety Plan-Required Documentation The following documents will be on site, either in paper or digital format, that the crew chief and operators of the pyrotechnic effects have access to: 1 . This safety plan 2. Manuals for the safe operation of the firing system 3. SDS sheets for any product or other hazardous materials used with the effects 4. A copy of the permit from the AHJ L Set Up Guidelines for Pyrotechnic Effects Fire extinguishers will be placed where they are visible to the pyro crew and easily accessible. The type and number of fire extinguishers will meet or exceed the requirements for the AHJ. Prior to setting up the pyro effects, a visual inspection of the product and equipment will be done each time. Any anomalies will be reported to the crew chief and if a repair cannot be safely done according to the manufacturers guidelines, the product or unit will be pulled out of service and a backup product or unit will replace it. The damaged product or unit will be sent to the manufacturer or a qualified repair specialist. A safety perimeter will be established around the effects once they are placed and capable of firing. All performers who will be on stage during the use of the pyrotechnic effects will be briefed on the effects. Once the product is in place and capable of firing, a test of the operation of the system will be completed prior to any public being present in the building. Production, the venue, and the AHJ must be notified and approve this test. All personnel on stage will be given a verbal warning of the test being conducted and will be outside the safety perimeter. Following the guidelines for the operation of the firing system being used, a continuity check is conducted to test the operation of the system. Since this check requires low levels of power being sent to the modules from the controller, the potential of accidental product discharge is present. The product should be treated as if it is to be fired in regard to its placement on stage and the establishment of a safety perimeter for personnel and flammable material. If the AHJ, venue, or production require a live demo of the product, the test will be conducted at a time agreed upon by all parties and will only be done with the notification and permission of the AHJ regardless of who requests the live demo. It is the responsibility of the pyro operator to make sure proper distances to public/audience are established and maintained. These distances are the distance required in the permit or the distances recommended by the manufacturer, or the distances required in NFPA 1126, whichever is greater. L O pe rat i o n of Py rotec h n i c Effects PYROTECHNIC EFFECT OPERATORS Pyrotechnic Effects operators and assistants must be 21 years of age or older and be trained in the use of fire extinguishers. Operators and assistants must wear fire resistant clothing and PPE (personal protection equipment) while operating pyrotechnics effects. PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY No carelessness, negligence, or unsafe conditions with pyrotechnic effects shall be tolerated. Do not drink, take drugs, or smoke when working with pyrotechnic effects. SAFETY PERIMETER An appropriate audience safety perimeter that was established during set up will be maintained at all times. Any intrusion into the safety perimeter will cause the operator to shut down the effect and operation of the effect will not resume until the safety perimeter is clear. EMERGENCY SHUT DOWN Any malfunction or any deviation from normal operation will cause the operator to immediately shut down the pyrotechnic effects. Operation will not resume until the crew chief and any AHJ on site are assured that the effect can be safely operated. The operator will also immediate shut down operation of the effects at the request of the AHJ, the venue, the artist, or production. The pyrotechnic effects will not resume until the requesting party has resolved their concerns and approved continuing the pyrotechnic effects. L First Aid chemical exposure: • Non-petroleum-based burn cream and burn gel dressing pads • Several rolls of 100% cotton gauze and some large gauze pads • Eye wash for flushing liquid fuel from eyes • Waterless soap or towelettes for washing liquid fuel from hands Cool a first-or second-degree burn right away with water and continue cooling it for at least 15 minutes. Severe burns, and chemical exposures to eyes, nose or mouth should be treated by Emergency Medical Services. In case of fuel exposure, be sure to provide a copy of the relevant MSDS to the responding medical personnel. In case of fire on a person's body or clothing, remember this rule: Stop, Drop & Roll! Many people have saved their own lives by dropping and rolling when their clothes caught fire. • STOP - Stop where you are and DO NOT RUN! • DROP - Drop to the ground; cover your face with your hands to protect your eyes and airway. • ROLL - Roll to put out the flames. If you are near someone whose clothing catches fire, be sure to stop him or her from running and make them Stop, Drop & Roll! Load Out of Pyrotechnic Effects The same safety procedures apply during load out. Pyrotechnic product must be fully extinguished and cooled down prior to moving them. The firing system is powered off and power/data cables running to the modules is disconnected. Any remaining unfired product will be removed, shunted and stored according to manufacturer guidelines. Firing system components are packed and stored in their proper cases at all times when not in use to ensure that they are not damaged. L Safet Plan y For TOURING FLAME EFFECTS . ■�.�..v� a �.� �.�.� y�.� .v��..� ��—r � �v...� .�� av Company Safety Manager: Kelly Kamp 443-791 -4072 Non-Emergency contact: kel lyk@ i mageeng i neri ng.com L Flame Effect Definition Flame Effect is defined as "The combustion of solids, liquids, or gases to produce thermal, physical, visual, or audible phenomena before an audience." This includes all flames that are automated, switched, pressurized or having any other action than simply being lit on fire; as well as effects using propane or other liquid or gaseous fuels. Safety Responsi bi I ity for Flame Effects The safety of the crew, the performers, and the audience is of paramount importance to Image SFX. No effect is more important than insuring the safety of everyone present. All crew members are responsible for safe operation of the flame effects and maintenance of all flame and safety gear. Any deviations from the safety plan shall be reported immediately to the crew chief. Flame effects will be operated according to the manufacturers best practices and following all permit conditions from the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The AHJ will have the final decision on the safe operation of the flame effects. Fire Effects Safety Plan - Required Documentation The following documents will be on site, either in paper or digital format, that the crew chief and operators of the flame effects have access to: 1 . This safety plan 2. Manuals for the safe operation of the flame units 3. SDS sheets for any fuel or other hazardous materials used with the effects 4. A copy of the permit from the AHJ L Set Up Guidelines for Flame Effects Fire extinguishers will be placed where they are visible to the flame crew and easily accessible. The type and number of fire extinguishers will meet or exceed the requirements for the AHJ. Prior to setting up the flame effects, a visual inspection of the equipment will be done each time. Any anomalies will be reported to the crew chief and if a repair cannot be safely done according to the manufacturers guidelines, the unit will be pulled out of service and a backup unit will replace it. The damaged unit will be sent to the manufacturer or a qualified repair specialist. A safety perimeter will be established around the effects once they are placed and capable of firing. All performers who will be on stage during the use of the flame effects will be briefed on the effects. Fuel is to be introduced to the units once they are in place. Only a trained operator will fuel the units according to manufacturer's guidelines. PPE must be worn during the fueling process. Prior to fueling, the operator will verify that the units are powered "off' and any safety procedures are followed to prevent someone from accidently powering up the units. Upon completion of the fueling process, any remaining fuel will be stored according to the AHJ requirements. Once the units are in place and capable of firing, a test of the operation of the units will be completed prior to any public being present in the building. Production, the venue, and the AHJ must be notified and approve this test. All personnel on stage will be given a verbal warning of the test being conducted and will be outside the safety perimeter. It is the responsibility of the flame operator to make sure proper distances to public/audience are established and maintained. These distances are the distance required in the permit or the distances recommended by the manufacturer, or the distances required in NFPA 160, whichever is greater. L Operation of Flame Effects FLAME EFFECT OPERATORS Flame Effects operators and assistants must be 21 years of age or older and be trained in the use of fire extinguishers. Operators and assistants must wear fire resistant clothing while operating Flame Effects. PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY No carelessness, negligence, or unsafe conditions with flame effects shall be tolerated. Do not drink, take drugs, or smoke when working with flame effects. SAFETY PERIMETER An appropriate audience safety perimeter that was established during set up will be maintained at all times. Any intrusion into the safety perimeter will cause the operator to shut down the effect and operation of the effect will not resume until the safety perimeter is clear. EMERGENCY SHUT DOWN Any malfunction or any deviation from normal operation will cause the operator to immediately shut down the flame effects. Operation will not resume until the crew chief and any AHJ on site are assured that the effect can be safely operated. The operator will also immediate shut down operation of the effects at the request of the AHJ, the venue, the artist, or production. The flame effects will not resume until the requesting party has resolved their concerns and approved continuing the flame effects. L First Aid A basic first aid kit should be available and contain at least the following items for burn treatment and fuel exposure: • Non-petroleum-based burn cream and burn gel dressing pads • Several rolls of 100% cotton gauze and some large gauze pads • Eye wash for flushing liquid fuel from eyes • Waterless soap or towelettes for washing liquid fuel from hands Cool a first- or second-degree burn right away with water and continue cooling it for at least 15 minutes. Severe burns, and fuel exposures to eyes, nose or mouth should be treated by Emergency Medical Services. In case of fuel exposure, be sure to provide a copy of the relevant MSDS to the responding medical personnel. In case of fire on a person's body or clothing, remember this rule: Stop, Drop & Roll! Many people have saved their own lives by dropping and rolling when their clothes caught fire. • STOP - Stop where you are and DO NOT RUN! • DROP - Drop to the ground; cover your face with your hands to protect your eyes and airway. • ROLL - Roll to put out the flames. If you are near someone whose clothing catches fire, be sure to stop him or her from running and make them Stop, Drop & Roll! Load Out of Flame Effects The same safety procedures apply during load out. Flame units must be fully extinguished and cooled down prior to moving them. All units are powered off and power/data cables disconnected. Any remaining fuel will be removed and stored according to manufacturer guidelines. Flame units are packed and stored in their proper cases at all times when not in use to insure that they are not damaged. L Section 9 Specificat� ;quipment �` �. ., J� ;�t` � L¢�aitr¢° PCROTECXXICS d SPECIALEFFECTS r� k + M � — � _ _ g � Ar . nni � hi � -. �-� � . IL ee t � , � , � � ..', a I � r , y ` r . � I The Salamander Quad Pro is a great 4 canister- � . based flame effect. Single continuous flames or burstsreachupto25ftinheightwhenallfour � Flameheightsofl2ft(xlunit)to25ft(x4canisters)* � 30 secs of continuous flame or up to 120 short bursts canisters are fired simultaneously or 12ft if fired compactdesign indlvlduplly. � Canister flamefluids � Colored fuels-red/green/natural Chases are lightning fast and visually stunning � Fueltypes-propane/butaneorethanol/methanol with fluid available in natural, red and green. � Onboard programming � 5 channel DMX � Reliable hot surface flame ignition A unique firing system eliminates internal valves � Safe-no internal valves or accumulators and accumulators so gas never remains in the � Tiltsafetyswitch(can bedisabled) system once the canisterhas been removed.Safety ' Easy to use LED display � Warranty-12 months** is further enhanced by a tilt-sensor and ignitor Made in the UK � I170I71 tOClll g. *Flame heights are approximate and depend upon fluid color used **Use of fluid other than Le Maitre will invalidate the warranty � � � SIZE: 17"(H)x 13"(W)x 10"(D) POWER: 120V, 50/60Hz, 250W, 6.3A Visit our website for further information,photos and videos WEIGHT: 351 bs WWW.Iemaitreusa.00111 COLORS: Natural, Red, Green LeMaitre USA,LLC,13975GrandValleyParkway,LasVegas,NV89165,USA TEL:+1(702)843-5080 EMAIL:info@lemaitreusa.com � �_ r # r Salamander Quad Pro Flame Effect System ..�� _�' �t �� +� � �l��■ - ,..ti•� :.: � � - a� � ;� — — _ �' {�'ro''"t: i .. r� User Man ual Version 1.2—lanuary 2020 (For firmware version 1.3J Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 1. Maximum Flame Heights and Minimum Safety Distances Fuel type Canisters Maximum flame Maximum flame Minimum safety Minimum safety fired height [m] height [ft] distance [m] distance [ft] Coloured 1 3.5 12 3.0 10 Coloured 2 4.5 15 3.0 10 Coloured 3 5.5 18 3.0 10 Coloured 4 6.0 20 3.5 12 Natural 1 4.5 15 3.0 10 Natural 2 6.0 20 3.0 10 Natural 3 7.5 25 3.5 12 Natural 4 8.5 28 3.5 12 Table 1 Maximum flame heights and minimum horizontal safety distances for bursts �' Minimum horizontal safety distances presented in table 1 above serve solely as a general guideline for the usual use case. It is the operator's responsibility to assess the location, show scene, potential air movement and all other relevant factors to determine appropriate safety distances for their own use case. Same considerations apply to vertical safety distances. Note: Show scene (script / firing plan) can influence the safety distance requirement since it determines how much heat there is and how long it has to dissipate. Long bursts or fires in quick succession are able to heat up the area around the machine much more than short bursts used in long separation. Thus, safety distance should be adjusted accordingly. 1 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 2. Safety Information This information should be read and thoroughly understood before use of the Salamander Quad Pro. It is the responsibility of the user to be fully aware of all potential consequences and actions when using this machine. The manufacturer cannot be held responsible for events occurring due to use of this machine by unqualified or untrained personnel. U ' Warning:All directions in the manual should be read thoroughly and completely understood before any attempt to use the machine. The machine should only be operated by or under the instruction of trained personnel. Any maintenance of the machine should only be carried out by the manufacturer or after the manufacturer's strict approval. Should there be any doubt as to the safety of operation of the machine under any circumstances,the machine should be taken out of service immediately. The Salamander Quad Pro must not be used in confined spaces, under any conditions of rain, snow or precipitation of any fluids, or moving air which will cause the flame to divert from a vertical path. The Salamander Quad Pro should not be subjected to temperatures below 5°C or above 45°C, nor exposed to unsheltered conditions. 1 Warning: Failure to observe correct operating procedures may lead to serious injury, damage by fire, or explosion. 1 Warning: Before initial use and each subsequent use,the Salamander Quad Pro should be checked for functional suitability. Should any damage be observed or doubt about suitability of use occur, it should be immediately decommissioned and held forservice. 2 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 2.1. Operational Guidance a' The Salamander Quad Pro is only suitable for indoor use, or situations that meet the same environmental conditions. 1 The machine must only be used vertically, secured in position, protected from unauthorised interference, impact forces and vibration. U • Any installation or repositioning should only be performed when the machine is cool, disconnected from the mains supply and all data communication. U ' Changing canisters should only be performed when the machine is powered down,the HSI is cold, and no other sources of ignition are present. Operator must check no residual fluid is present or alight. 1 Safety distances must be given a priority when using the Salamander Quad Pro.This includes persons in the performance area, and surrounding flammable objects. Maximum flame heights are presented in this manual. Operators are expected to use this information to determine appropriate safety distances. �' Full risk assessments must be made before use, and all relevant emergency failure procedures must be immediately available, including qualified personnel,fire extinguishers and first aid. U ' All operations should have undergone preliminary tests and rehearsal. 1 Always ensure it is possible to shut the machine down immediately in case of emergency. Use of an Emergency Stop to interrupt mains supply is recommended. 1 Use only Le Maitre Chameleon Flame Fuel or Le Maitre Salamander Flame Fuel. Use of alternate fuels might lead to unexpected behaviour. 1 The Salamander Quad Pro is controlled by instruction from the DMX-512 protocol.The manufacturer cannot be held responsible for incorrect application or malfunction of data sent via DMX. Should DMX isolation or other devices be required for safe operation,this will be deemed the responsibility of the operator. 3 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 1 Avoid live-wiring DMX to the Salamander Quad Pro, ie. do not plug in or unplug DMX cables while the controller is actively transmitting data. 1 The Wireless Salamander Quad Pro is not designed for continual flame use. In order to keep the fuel canisters from overheating, short duration bursts (maximum of 5 seconds) are advised. Should conditions allow the operator may decide for longer bursts at their own discretion. U ' Should the Salamander Quad Pro fail to fire correctly, immediately shut down the machine and allow it to cool before investigating the problem. 4 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual Contents 1. Maximum Flame Heights and Minimum Safety Distances.....................................................................1 2. Safety Information..................................................................................................................................2 2.1. Operational Guidance.....................................................................................................................3 3. Dimensions..............................................................................................................................................6 4. Product Overview ...................................................................................................................................7 4.1. Product Description ........................................................................................................................7 4.2. Features ..........................................................................................................................................7 4.3. Specification....................................................................................................................................8 5. Operation................................................................................................................................................9 5.1. Getting Started................................................................................................................................9 5.2. Control Pane1.................................................................................................................................10 5.3. DMX Operation.............................................................................................................................10 5.4. Shutdown......................................................................................................................................10 6. Set-U p ...................................................................................................................................................12 6.1. Setting DMX Channels:..................................................................................................................12 6.2. Advanced Settings—tEC Menu.....................................................................................................13 6.2.1. HSI Delay...............................................................................................................................13 6.2.2. DMX Filter.............................................................................................................................13 6.2.3. Tilt Switch..............................................................................................................................14 6.2.4. 'Staggered delay'...................................................................................................................14 6.2.5. Firmware version information..............................................................................................14 7. Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................................15 8. Maintenance.........................................................................................................................................16 8.1. Firing Pin Adjustment....................................................................................................................17 8.2. 0-Ring Replacement.....................................................................................................................18 9. Contact Details......................................................................................................................................20 10. Warranty...........................................................................................................................................21 5 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 3. Dimensions � � 1 � � 00 ooao i v � o 0 � �0 � � � Dimensions in millimetres. 6 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 4. Product Overview 4.1. Product Description The Salamander Quad Pro is a versatile real flame effect from Le Maitre Ltd.The four-canister system allows the unit to produce flames from 3.5m to over 8.5m in height.The unique firing mechanism eliminates the requirement for internal valves and accumulators, minimising the risk of flammable gas leaks, and a robust hot surface igniter ensures reliable flame ignition. The canister based design removes the requirement for bulky and expensive propane bottles and high pressure hosing, and allows for a choice of fuels making the Salamander Quad Pro ideal for any venue where propane is not permitted. Details of the full range of Le Maitre products are available online at: www.lemaitreltd.com and www.lemaitreusa.com 4.2. Features • Flame height from 3.5m to 8.5m • Four canister system • Multiple colours and fuels available • 30 seconds continuous flame or 35 fireballs per canister • No internal valves or accumulators;flammable fuels are only stored within the canisters themselves • DMX operation • Robust hot surface ignitor • Ignitor current monitoring • Tilt safety switch 7 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 4.3. Specification Power Requirements (EU): 230VAC, 50Hz,400W (US): 120VAC, 60Hz,400W External Fusing(EU): 3.15AT (US): 6.3AT Fuel Capacity: 4 x 500m1 Canister Fuel Type: Propane/Butane mix OR Ethanol/Methanol mix(colour specific) Effect Duration: 30s continuous/ up to 35 fireballs per canister Control: DMX512—5 Channels (Igniter,4x Fire) Dimensions (mm): 433 (H)x 330 (W)x 260 (D) Weight: 16kg 8 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 5. Operation 5.1. Getting Started Remove the Salamander Quad Pro from all packaging and place on a flat, stable surface. Prior to use, the Salamander Quad Pro should be inspected for damage. If the unit is found to be damaged, it should be removed from service immediately, and referred to Le Maitre for servicing and repair. Install four canisters of Le Maitre Chameleon or Salamander flame fuel by screwing the canisters into the brass canister bases. Be careful not to over-tighten the canister as this risks damage to the canister,the canister base, and the seals within the canister base. Unlike other flame effect systems, no gas should leave the canister as it is being installed. If escaping gas is detected, immediately remove the canister.The most probable cause is the tension of the spring supporting the firing pin. Refer to the Maintenance instructions for correct adjustment of this spring. The unit is controlled via DMX protocol (see section 5.3). Plug in your DMX control into the DMX IN socket. DMX OUT socket allows for daisy-chaining multiple DMX units together on a single DMX output from the controller. For safety, it is advised that such network be reserved for flame units. Power is supplied to the Salamander Quad Pro via the blue Neutrik PowerCon socket.A suitable mains cable fitted with a blue PowerCon plug must be used to connect the Salamander Quad Pro to a mains supply.The white PowerCon socket is a mains through connector allowing multiple Salamander Quad Pro to be powered from a single mains supply. U ' Please note:The blue Powercon must only ever be used as a mains input, and the white Powercon must only ever be used as a mains through/output. � Please note: Electrically,the Salamander Quad Pro's fuse and power switch are located after the mains through socket.This means the mains through socket will always be live while the Salamander Quad Pro is connected to a live mains supply, even if the unit is switched off, or the fuse has blown. The power switch isolates the unit from the power socket—put it in ON position in order to turn on the machine. When turned on and loaded with canisters,the unit should be treated as if it could fire at any moment. Immediately move to safe distance after turning the machine on and never adjust settings while canisters are fitted. 9 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 5.2. Control Panel The Salamander Quad Pro is configured through an on board control panel featuring a 3 x 7-Segment LED display, 5 x indicator LEDs and 4 x multi-function buttons. . � , � „ � � ' 7� f i ' I • Figure 2:Salamander Quad Pro Control Panel 5.3. DMX Operation The Salamander Quad Pro can only be operated through DMX-512. Five channels are required—one channel activates the HSI,the remaining four channels each operate one firing solenoid. Two independent addresses can be set.The first address is for the HSI channel,the second address is the first of four fire channels.The three remaining fire channels will be the three consecutive channels. For Example: HSI—Channel 12. FLAME—Channel 2. HSI will be activated by channel 12.The fire channels will be 2, 3,4and5. The order of the canister channels can be seen in Figure 3. 5.4. Shutdown Each of the following steps disables the machine.The order presented is for a recommended normal shutdown procedure. In case of an emergency always perform the easiest, safest and quickest step available first. 1. Disarm via the control system—set HSI DMX channel (and all fire channels)value to 0. 2. Cut the power to the machine. 3. Switch the power switch to the OFF position. 10 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual �� r '', rJJ + -� `L' )�j I .�J �� . -�� - 2 - � �, � , 4 _�L� `�-- ~�=-��i �� - � - - ��_ C �; i ` � � -—J - 1 �ir ' �__Y �.� � 3 � . -, �� J _- Figure 3:Salamander Quad Pro Canister Numbers The display will show the DMX value received (0-255) on the fire channel.The HSI will be activated when the HSI channel is raised above 50% (128). At this point 'HSI delay' will begin; a timer will activate, preventing the unit from being fired until the HSI has had time to reach full temperature. While the timer is active,the 3 digit display will flash.When the display stops flashing, rdy will be displayed.The unit is now ready to fire. When a Fire channel is raised above 50%, a solenoid forces a plunger into the fuel canister, opening the canister valve and allowing the pressurised fluid to escape via the output nozzle located at the base of the flue. It is recommended that the fire channel is activated with the 'flash' buttons present on most DMX controllers.This allows for greater control over the effect produced. A brief activation of the channel (0.5—1s)will produce a short-duration fireball effect. A longer activation will produce a tall 'tongue' of flame. Any number of fire channels can be activated simultaneously. Firing multiple canisters at the same time will result in a taller, broader flame. Please see the maximum flame heights presented at the start of this manual for more information. It is recommended that operators of the Salamander Quad Pro take some time to familiarise themselves with the effects produced in order to achieve the best results. 1 Warning:A firing solenoid should never be continuously activated for more than 30 seconds. Keeping a solenoid powered for extended periods risks damage to the solenoid coil. 11 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual U ' Please note:After the Salamander Quad Pro has been fired,there can occasionally be seen a small flickering flame within the flue.This is produced by residual fuel in the nozzle vaporising after the Fire channel has been released.This is expected in normal operation, however, if the effect is not desirable, it can be minimised by gently warming the fuel canisters prior to use.This increases the volatility of the fuel, allowing it to vaporise more ra pidly. U ' Please note: If fire order is received while not in `rdy' state,the machine will become disabled (HSI powered down, firing not possible) and display`dEr' (DMX error).This is to ensure accidental firing by plugging the machine into DMX with all values raised is not possible—HSI delay has to be respected,fire order must be intentional and requires and input after machine is ready. Once fire order disappears the machine is re-enabled— HSI can be powered back on and HSI delay can begin from the start. The machine can cycle between HSI delay and 'dEr' indefinitely if the HSI delay continues to be disrespected. 6. Set-Up The Salamander Quad Pro is programmed for operation through the control panel (see above).This must be carried out with all DMX cables unplugged. When powered up, doF will flash.This is short for DMX OFF. 6.1. Setting DMX Channels: Press the SELECT button.The HSI indicator LED will light up, and the currently selected HSI channel will be displayed. Use the UP/DOWN buttons to cycle through DMX channels. When the desired channel is selected, press STORE/VIEW to save the setting. Press SELECT again, and the FLAME indicator LED will light up.This is the first Fire channel. Select the desired channel and save it as above. Pressing SELECT again will return to the DMX status display. For safety reasons the machine will ignore DMX entirely if the HSI channel is set up to also be a fire channel. 12 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 6.2. Advanced Settings — tEC Menu The Salamander Quad Pro's tEC menu can be accessed by pressing and holding STORE/VIEW and UP at the same time. tEC will be displayed,followed by the HSI delay value (dXX.)The fourth LED on the control panel (above the DOWN button)will be lit while in the tec menu (referred to from here on as the tEC LED.) The first position in the tEC menu is the HSI delay setting. Press SELECT to access the other items in the menu: DMX Filter,Tilt Lock, Staggered Delay and firmware version information. Pressing SELECT a third time will return to the DMX Status Display. 6.2.1. HSI Delay HSI Delay setting is indicated by the tEC and DMX LEDs. dXX will be displayed,where XX is a value between 00 and 30.This value is the approximate HSI delay in seconds. It can be set to the nearest second by the UP and DOWN buttons, and saved by pressing STORE/VIEW.The default setting is 10 seconds. Care should be taken when adjusting the HSI Delay. If it is set too short,the HSI might not have time to reach full temperature when the Salamander Quad Pro is fired.This can result in the fuel failing to ignite. In addition, if the HSI Delay is reduced to 0,the HSI will not activate.This allows the firing system to be tested without the HSI active. 6.2.2. DMX Filter DMX Filter is indicated by the tEC and HSI LEDs. In order to minimise the possibility of incorrect triggering of the Salamander Quad Pro through DMX, the software contains a DMX data filter.This will cause a small delay in the unit's response to DMX commands (approximately 75ms.) In practical terms,this delay should be too short to have any effect on functionality, however it is possible to disable the DMX filter if this is desired. U ' Warning: If the Salamander Quad Pro is operated with the DMX filter disabled,the manufacturer will not be held responsible for any unexpected behaviour under DMX control. The DMX filter has two settings: Filter ON (F-1) and Filter OFF (F-0) Press UP to turn the filter ON, and DOWN to turn the filter OFF.This setting it stored automatically. Note: HSI channel is excluded from DMX filter to ensure an accidental nudge to this channel or an odd noise spike does not disarm the machine mid-show, which would pose the need of waiting the full duration of HSI safety delay to re-enable. 13 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 6.2.3. Tilt Switch Tilt Switch setting is indicated by the tEC and FLAME LEDs. The Salamander Quad Pro contains a safety tilt switch that will disable the unit if it is tipped beyond 40 degrees from vertical.This will prevent the unit from operating should it be knocked over. It is possible to disable this tilt-switch if desired. 1 Warning:The Salamander Quad Pro is only designed to be used in a vertical position. If the unit is to be used in any other position, it is the sole responsibility of the user to ensure safe operation. The Tilt Lock has two settings:Tilt Lock ON (t-1) and Tilt Lock OFF (t-0) Press UP to turn the Tilt Lock ON, and DOWN to turn the Tilt Lock OFF.This setting it stored automatically. 6.2.4. 'Staggered delay' Staggered Delay setting is indicated by all LEDs being off. Reliable ignition requires a proper air to fuel mixture at the Hot Surface Ignitor(HSI). Multi-canister bursts release a sub-optimally large amount of fuel. A short single-canister burst preceding the main blast ensures proper ignition when an order to fire from multiple cans is received.The length of the 'staggered delay' after which the remaining cans join in can be adjusted in 'tEC' options: 'F-0' Oms (feature disabled) 'F-1' 44ms (default) 'F-2' 68ms 'F-3' 90ms 'F-4' 112ms U ' Warning: Ignition is not guaranteed for multi-canister bursts with staggered delay disabled. If the feature is disabled the manufacturer will not be held responsible for any unexpected behaviour with multi-canister firing. 6.2.5. Firmware version information HSI Delay setting is indicated by the single tEC LED. Firmware version is viewable at the end of tEC menu—'rEL'followed by'X-X' indicating the release number. 14 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 7. Troubleshooting Problem Cause Action Fuse or circuit Too many Salamander Assign HSIs different DMX channels and stagger breakers blowing Quad Pros on single activation when HSI activated supply Faulty HSI Refer to Maintenance instructions/contact Le Maitre HSI element in contact Return to correct position. HSI might need to be with chassis replaced. HSI not heating HSI Delay set to 0 Set HSI Delay to above 0 (10 is recommended) Refer to Set-Up Instructions. Incorrect DMX channel Set to correct DMX channel. Refer to Set-Up HSI stuck in heating HSI disconnected Re-connect HSI. Refer to Maintenance delay(display instructions/contact Le Maitre. constantly flashing) Firing solenoid not HSI still heating Wait until HSI is fully heated.The display will activating stop flashing when the Salamander Quad Pro is ready to fire. Incorrect DMX channel Set to correct DMX channel. Refer to Set-Up instructions. Firing solenoid Empty canister Replace canister. activating, but no gas released Canister nozzle Replace canister. damaged Firing pin sticking Remove firing pin and clean or replace o-ring. Refer to Maintenance instructions. Firing pin too low. Increase firing pin height. Refer to Maintenance instructions. Gas released, but Cans too cold. Warm cans with hot air or a water bath before failing to ignite use. Approx. 30°C is recommended. Insufficient air-flow. Raise the unit from the ground by increasing the height of the adjustable feet. No response from unit Tilt lock-out engaged Position on a level surface and turn unit off and on again. DMX signal not received Check DMX controller and test cables. Gas leaking when Firing pin too high. Reduce firing pin height. Refer to Maintenance canister is installed instructions. 15 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 8. Maintenance �' Please note:While the Salamander Quad Pro contains several components that have been designed to be user-serviceable,the maintenance procedures described in this section should only be performed by qualified personnel. The manufacturer cannot be held responsible for events occurring due to incorrect maintenance of this machine. U ' Please note:All the procedures described in this section should be performed with the Salamander quad Pro isolated from any power supply, after the unit has been allowed to cool for at least 10 minutes. The Salamander Quad Pro features two service panels secured by 4xM4 bolts. Removal of these service panels allows access to the majority of user-serviceable components within the Salamander Quad Pro: CANISTER BASE a o ;- FfRING PIIV � THRLJST RQ❑ � _- __ - - SPRING o . FIRING S�LEN�ID Figure 4:Salamander Quad Pro Firing Mechanism 16 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 8.1. Firing Pin Adjustment While the firing solenoid is not active,the firing pin should not protrude above the top surface of the canister base: I CQRRECT PQSfTIQ�I INCO�tRECT P�51TI�N Figure 5: Correct and Incorrect firing pin positions If the pin protrudes above the top surface of the canister base,this might lead to the pin opening the canister valve as a canister is installed, causing gas to be released. The relaxed position of the firing pin can be changed by adjusting the position of the two M5 plain nuts and the washer on the firing pin shaft. Winding this assembly further up the pin will reduce the height of the pin while it is in a relaxed state. To perform this adjustment: 1. Depress the spring. 2. Using a 8mm spanner, wind the nuts up the firing pin shaft one at a time. 3. When the pin is in the desired position,tighten both nuts against the washer. 17 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 0-RiNG �- � WASHER � 2 X M5 PLAIN NIJTS �' NUTS ADJlJSTED T� INCREASE HEIGHT �F PiN Figure 6:Firing pin assembly and adjustment 8.2. O-Ring Replacement The Salamander Quad Pro contains two user-replaceable O-rings in each canister base. One is located at the base of the thread in the brass canister base. The other is located on the firing pin. The canister base 0-ring should be inspected every time the canister is changed. If the rubber appears worn,frayed or split,the O-ring should immediately be replaced. It might be necessary to cut the O-ring out of the canister base using a small blade such as a scalpel. The replacement 0-ring can simply be pressed into place. It is recommended that the firing pin 0-ring is periodically examined for damage. Checking the O- ring every 6-12 canisters is usually appropriate, however this will vary based on the precise operating conditions of the unit. In addition, if the Salamander Quad Pro fails to fire correctly, or the response when firing is delayed or 'sticky',the firing pin O-ring must be cleaned or replaced. 18 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual To access the firing pin O-ring: 1. Remove the rubber plug from the base of the Salamander Quad Pro. 2. Remove the thrust rod from the solenoid by sliding it out the base of the unit,through the un-plugged hole. 3. Remove the spring from the firing mechanism. 4. The firing pin can now be removed from the bottom of the brass base. If the O-ring appears worn,frayed or split it must be replaced.The O-ring should be cut off the firing pin with a sharp blade such as a scalpel, taking care not to scratch the firing pin itself. A new O-ring should be eased into place from the top end of the pin. Do not push the O-ring over the thread on the firing pin. A chemically inert lubricant such as general purpose silicone grease must be applied to the O-ring before the pin is replaced.A thin layer should be applied to the O-ring, and any excess should be wiped away. When the O-ring has been replaced, re-install the firing pin. U ' Please note: Under no condition should the firing pin be pushed up out of the top if the canister base.This will force the firing pin O-ring across the canister base's side opening, damaging the rubber and compromising the seal created. U ' Please note: If the Salamander Quad Pro is to be operated exclusively with coloured fluid (Red or Green)the pin O-ring must be inspected after at most 12 canisters per base. 1 Warning: Failure to apply lubricant to the O-ring may result in the pin sticking.This can lead to a delay in firing or shutting off, and reduce the life of the O-ring. 19 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 9. Contact Details U K: Le Maitre Ltd 6 Forval Close Wandle Way Mitcham Surrey CR4 4NE Tel: +44 (0)20 8646 2222 Fax: +44(0)20 86461955 Email: info@lemaitreltd.com USA: Le Maitre USA, LLC 13975 Grand Valley Parkway Las Vegas, NV 89165 USA Tel: +1(702)-843-5080 Fax: +1(702)-843-5070 Email: info@lemaitreusa.com 20 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual 10. Warran ty The Le Maitre Salamander Quad Pro is sold with a one year's warranty,which includes parts and labour from the date of purchase.This warranty covers manufacturing defects, providing that the unit has been regularly serviced by an authorized agent and has only used genuine Le Maitre Canisters. Le Maitre Ltd considers all of its products to be safe for use in the application it was intended. Le Maitre Ltd takes no responsibility for misuse or incorrect use. Always refer to the equipment owner's manual for proper use, and be aware of local legislation governing the products use. 21 Le Maitre Ltd. Salamander Quad Pro User Manual Le Maitre Ltd 6 Forval Close, Wandle Way Mitcham, Surrey CR4 4NE Le Maitre is a registered trademark of Le Maitre Ltd 22 � � � � s - • � - � r - • Highlights • Very versatile usage due to various control inputs: DMX, 12-24V, ext. contact, radio and RS485 • No mains voltage required, thanks to the integrated battery solution with up to 60 h stand- by time • Extremely weatherproof, can be used even in heavy rain without any problems • Operation with inexpensive aerosol cans, gas cans or gas cylinders possible • Fuel cans are completely encased in the housing and therefore well protected • Cartridge holder comes with non-return valves • All components are equipped with quick couplers for extremely assembly • Fully autarkic operation if the optional Advanced radio module or wireless DMX receivers are used • Integrated fine filter prevents leakage of solenoid valves • Equipped with two solenoid valves connected in series for double safety • Electronic flame monitoring by means of ionization measurement • Equipped with tilt sensor • Bi-directional communication with the controller PFC Advanced and USB Radio Modem PFM Advanced for remote programming and remote data requests • Prepared for quick mounting on stands and truss elements • Illuminated text display with convenient menu navigation • Optical warning when armed • Atomic effect programmable • Fast step sequences possible because the flame extinguishes within a short time after closing the solenoid valves, even during can operation More detailed information can be found in the current product catalogue below. Additional Information Specifications & Details Application fields indoor, outdoor and SFX Autarkic operation Yes, with wireless option or wireless DMX Fuels - LPG propane/butane gas in bottles with 5/11/33 kg** - 1 or 2 gas cartridges bottles with 600 ml* - 1 or 2 aerosol cartridges with 500 ml* - 4 gas or aerosol cartridges with Power Upgrade Fuel cartridges Yes, hidden under the cover sheet of the housing and not integrated in the device visible from outside Flame height approx. 2.5 to 8.0 m depending on operation mode and nozzle Adjustable flame height Yes, with nozzle size* or fuel pressure regulator** Ignition electrical high power arc Two magnetic valves for Yes, installed in series double safety Microfilter Yes, largely prevents that foreign particles enter the system which could cause leakages of the valves Flame monitoring Yes, by measuring the ionization, user can disable this function Quick couplers Yes Connectors for gas Yes, 2 pc.* cartridges Fuel shut-off valves for Yes, 2 pc.* cartridges Non-return valves Yes, 2 pc.* Tilt sensor Yes, 45°, user can disable this function Control inputs - wireless control option together with PFC Advanced (Wireless and RS485) - external key or any other potential free contact - 12-24V voltage input e.g. for PFE Advanced with Terminal function - DMX512: Control and safety channel Emergency off input Yes, XLR 3-pole Free assignment of Yes, control and safety channel can be freely assigned DMX channels Integrated power supply Yes for wireless DMX devices Display LCD, 2lines with 16 characters each Display backlight Yes Menu navigation, Yes: German/English languages Optical warning signal if Yes armed Power supply high capacity rechargeable battery: 12V, 7Ah Battery test functions Yes, Charging level 0...99%, Power 0...99%, both in increments of 5% Battery capacity Yes, in mAh and% metering Operation time 60 h continuous stand-by; permanent operation is possible if the device is being charged all the time Included in delivery charging unit, magnetic pen, */** Available accessories a) Cartridge Option*: Twin cartridge holder with 2 shut-off valves and 2 non- return valves, one nozzle for gas cartridge usage for an effect height of 3 m to 5 m (S, M, L, XL, XXL) b) Gas Bottle Option**: Gas hose with adjustable fuel pressure regulator(range: 1-4 bar), nozzle for gas bottle usage, maximum effect height 3.5 m (gasiform phase), 8 m (liquefied phase) c)Power Upgrade Gas cartridge holder to extend the original one, housing for additional cartridges, maximum effect height 8 m (liquefied phase) d) Advanced Wireless Module Prepared for the fast and Yes, 3-point and 4-point(300 mm), including safety eye easy mounting on truss elements Prepared for the Yes mounting on light and speaker stands Housing aluminum with durable powder coating in matte black color Moisture protected Yes electronic circuits Usage in heavy rainfall Yes possible Possibility of firmware Yes updates Dimensions 300 x 300 x 350 mm Net weight 10.50 kg � �� 4 �~�� User Man ual Galaxis Showtech n i k � � � � - rr , � .� G-Flame �.. _ �,�. ti� 7: q^•`'- �. J% .. � 'k �,;7 , h - ■ Firmware V2.43 Revision date: April 12t" 2021 Batch No.: EUF100101, USF100101 2 Table of contents: 1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 5 1.1 Safety instructions................................................................................................................... 5 1.2 Requirements the operator has to fulfill and necessary qualification...................................... 6 1.3 General safety instructions when using the G-Flame............................................................. 7 1.4 Application fields and intended use....................................................................................... 12 1.5 Required approvals ............................................................................................................... 12 2 Illustration and description of indicators and control elements................................................. 13 2.1 Main unit................................................................................................................................ 13 2.2 Carrying handle..................................................................................................................... 15 2.3 Cover panel ........................................................................................................................... 16 2.4 Cartridge holder..................................................................................................................... 16 3 Nozzles for different types of fuel.............................................................................................. 17 3.1 Changing the nozzles and nozzle holder.............................................................................. 18 3.2 Sealing of the nozzles or respectively of the nozzle thread.................................................. 18 4 The various inputs and their compatibility and usage, pin assignments of connectors............ 19 4.1 The emergency off input........................................................................................................ 19 4.2 Firing key input...................................................................................................................... 19 4.3 Voltage input 12-24V............................................................................................................. 20 4.4 Charging................................................................................................................................ 20 4.5 Operation with DMX512........................................................................................................ 21 4.5.1 The DMX512 input............................................................................................................. 21 4.5.2 Control via DMX512........................................................................................................... 22 4.5.3 The error message "DMX-RDM not supported!"............................................................... 23 4.6 Control of the device via serial data cables via the RS485 interface in conjunction with the PFCAdvanced ...................................................................................................................... 23 4.7 Advanced wireless module, communication via radio or serial data cables.........................24 5 Instructions for installation and de-installation of the G-Flame................................................. 25 5.1 Setup of the G-Flame............................................................................................................ 25 5.1.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges...................................................................................... 26 5.1.2 Operation with gas bottles................................................................................................. 26 5.1.3 After opening ..................................................................................................................... 26 5.2 De-installation the G-Flame................................................................................................... 26 5.2.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges...................................................................................... 27 5.2.2 Operation with gas bottles................................................................................................. 27 5.3 Tilting the G-Flame................................................................................................................ 28 5.3.1 Instructions for installation at a tilt of 180°......................................................................... 29 5.4 Additional instructions for permanent installations................................................................ 29 5.4.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges...................................................................................... 29 5.4.2 Operation with gas bottles................................................................................................. 29 5.5 Instructions regarding the use of Flame Bars ....................................................................... 29 5.6 Mounting on light or speaker stands.....................................................................................30 5.7 Mounting on truss elements..................................................................................................30 6 Approved fuels..........................................................................................................................31 6.1 Approved fuels and instructions if the gas bottle option is being used .................................31 6.1.1 Instructions regarding the usage of the gasiform phase ...................................................31 6.1.2 Instructions regarding the usage of the liquid phase.........................................................31 6.2 Approved fuels and instructions if the gas cartridge option is being used............................34 6.3 Fuel consumption..................................................................................................................37 6.3.1 Fuel consumption if gas bottles are being used................................................................37 6.3.2 Fuel consumption if gas cartridges are being used...........................................................37 7 Safety distances........................................................................................................................38 7.1 Safety distances if gas bottles are being used, device standing vertically ...........................40 7.2 Safety distances if gas cartridges are being used, device standing vertically......................40 7.3 Safety distances when using flame bars...............................................................................41 7.4 Safety distances if the device is being tilted..........................................................................41 7.5 Safety distances if the device is mounted above the spectators ..........................................41 7.6 Reduction of the safety distances to actors ..........................................................................41 8 Switching on..............................................................................................................................42 9 Compatibility and Firmware Revision History...........................................................................42 3 10 Automatic Hardware Checks With Startup................................................................................42 10.1 The Error Message '#'...........................................................................................................43 10.2 The Error Message 'ATTENTION! Flame Sensor ERROR'. .................................................43 10.3 The Error Message 'Radio Module not detected'..................................................................43 10.4 The Error Message 'Memory error!'.......................................................................................43 10.5 The Error Message 'Device Locked'......................................................................................44 10.6 The message 'Memory Maintenance'....................................................................................44 11 Manual hardware checks with startup.......................................................................................44 11.1 Checking the fuel valves for correct function............................................................................44 11.2 Checking the ignition spark generator for correct function .......................................................45 12 Battery monitoring and warning message 'deep discharge'after powering up the device.......45 12.1 Resetting the acoustic warning message 'Battery deeply discharged' .................................46 12.2 Resetting the optical warning message 'Battery deeply discharged'....................................46 13 Safety timer...............................................................................................................................46 14 The warning LED 'Attention armed' ..........................................................................................46 15 The LED indicators....................................................................................................................47 15.1.1 The LED 'Operation' (blue)............................................................................................47 15.1.2 The LED 'Flame' �Yellow)...............................................................................................48 15.1.3 The LED 'Charging' (green)...........................................................................................48 15.1.4 The LED 'Low Battery' (red) ..........................................................................................48 15.1.5 Functional check of the LEDs........................................................................................48 16 The menu..................................................................................................................................49 16.1 Standard menu items............................................................................................................49 16.1.1 The menu item 'Language'............................................................................................49 16.1.2 The menu item 'Change AF-Reset-Code?'....................................................................49 16.1.3 The menu item 'Accumulator capacity'..........................................................................49 16.1.4 The menu item 'Accumulator power' ............................................................................. 50 16.1.5 The menu item 'Input' .................................................................................................... 50 16.1.6 The menu item '45°Tilt Switch' ..................................................................................... 50 16.1.7 The menu item 'Flame monitoring' ................................................................................ 51 16.1.8 The menu item 'Flame Quota' ....................................................................................... 52 16.1.9 The menu item 'Number of Allowed Misfirings' ............................................................. 52 16.1.10 The menu item 'Acoustic Signals'.................................................................................. 52 16.1.11 The menu item 'LCD Backlight' ..................................................................................... 52 16.1.12 The menu item 'Warning LED'....................................................................................... 53 16.1.13 The menu item 'Battery measurement'.......................................................................... 53 16.2 Menu items if DMX512 has been selected as an input......................................................... 55 16.2.1 The menu item 'Flame Channel'.................................................................................... 55 16.2.2 The menu item 'Safety Channel'.................................................................................... 55 16.2.3 The menu item 'Power Supply for Wi-DMX'.................................................................. 56 16.2.4 The menu item 'Max. Flame Duration'........................................................................... 57 16.3 Menu items if the Advanced wireless module has been installed and 'Cable (RS485 of PFC)' or 'Wireless (PFC or PFS)' has been selected as control method........................................ 57 16.3.1 The menu item 'RF Channel' (i.e. frequency selection)................................................. 57 16.3.2 The menu item 'Interfering Signal'................................................................................. 57 16.3.3 The menu item 'Last Range Test Result'....................................................................... 58 16.3.4 The menu item 'Device ID Number'............................................................................... 58 16.3.5 The menu item 'Determine Hazard Zone'...................................................................... 59 16.3.6 The menu item 'Terminal Programming'........................................................................ 59 16.3.6.1 Overview regarding the parameters of the Terminal............................................. 60 programming............................................................................................................................... 60 16.3.6.2 The selection menu of the Terminal programming................................................ 60 16.3.6.3 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Keep up & Exit'......................................60 16.3.6.4 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Edit'........................................................ 61 16.3.6.5 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Delete'.................................................... 62 17 Receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode.................................................................. 63 17.1 Displayed information during receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode, that appears in all operation modes........................................................................................................... 63 17.1.1 Information which control method has been selected................................................... 63 17.1.2 Tilt switch on/off and its status....................................................................................... 63 17.1.3 Flame monitoring on/off................................................................................................. 64 4 17.2 Display of special information and behavior of the device in the receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode if 'Wireless (PFC or PFS)'or 'Cable (RS485 of PFC)' has been selected as control method .......................................................................................... 64 17.2.1 Status information regarding firing mode and hazard zone .......................................... 64 17.2.2 Display of the device ID number.................................................................................... 65 17.2.3 Display of inessages...................................................................................................... 65 17.2.4 Programming of the system ID...................................................................................... 65 17.2.5 Setting and loading default settings............................................................................... 65 17.2.6 Performing a field strength calibration........................................................................... 66 17.2.7 The monitoring function Radio Interference .................................................................. 66 18 Switching off.............................................................................................................................. 68 19 Command 'Firing mode off'....................................................................................................... 68 20 Radio range............................................................................................................................... 69 20.1 Radio Range Test.................................................................................................................. 69 21 Remote access ......................................................................................................................... 69 22 Operation time........................................................................................................................... 70 23 Installation of accessories......................................................................................................... 71 23.1 Installation of the Advanced wireless module....................................................................... 71 23.1.1 Installation of the hardware ........................................................................................... 71 23.1.2 Software installation of the Advanced wireless module ................................................ 72 23.2 De-installation of the wireless module................................................................................... 73 23.2.1 De-installation of the wireless module in the software .................................................. 73 23.2.2 De-installation of the hardware...................................................................................... 73 23.3 Optional accessory: Power Upgrade..................................................................................... 73 24 Usage in rainy conditions.......................................................................................................... 74 25 Maintenance and service life .................................................................................................... 75 26 Cleaning.................................................................................................................................... 76 27 Micro filter.................................................................................................................................. 76 28 Warranty.................................................................................................................................... 77 29 Damages caused by misusage, maloperation, malfunction ..................................................... 77 30 Technical data........................................................................................................................... 78 31 Accessories............................................................................................................................... 80 32 CE marking of the EU version...................................................................................................81 33 Address of the manufacturer and contact details for requesting an EU declaration of conformity .................................................................................................................................................. 81 5 1 Introduction 1.1 Safety instructions Observe all safety instructions in this documentation! Safety instructions warn of dangers when handling devices and provide information on how to avoid them. They are classified according to the severity of the danger and divided into the following groups: DANGER Danger signals dangers for persons. If you do not follow the instructions for avoiding the hazard, the hazard will certainly result in death or serious physical injury. � WARNING Warning indicates dangers for persons. If you do not follow the instructions for avoiding the hazard, the hazard is likely to result in death or serious injury. � CAUTION Caution indicates danger to persons. If you do not follow the instructions for avoiding the hazard, the hazard is likely to result in minor physical injury. � NOTICE Note signals dangers for objects or data. If you do not follow the instructions for avoiding the hazard, the hazard will probably result in dama e to propert . TIP A tip provides additional or supplementary information. 6 1.2 Requirements the operator has to fulfill and necessary qualification This product may only be operated by persons of legal age. In Germany the user must be at least 18 years of age. This product may only be used within the scope of a professional and occupational activity. The user must be a qualified person. A qualified person is a trained person who has experience with the technology of the device and is particularly informed about the types of energy used by the device and its size. Electrical and thermal types of energy(fuels) occur in this device. The specialist is expected to use his training and experience to identify energy sources that can cause pain or injury and to take appropriate measures to protect against pain and injury from these energy sources. In addition, the practitioner must take appropriate measures to ensure that less trained persons cannot be injured. A qualified person can be trained either by the manufacturer of the device or by the customer who purchases the device. Further qualifications such as stage pyrotechnician, SFX technician or professional fire worker is not required Ensure that all legal requirements for the operation of flame projectors in the country of destination are m et. TIP In Germany, these include the regulations of the employers' liability insurance association, e.g.: • DGUV regulation 215-312: Safety at events and productions • DGUV regulation 80: Use of liquid gas 7 1.3 General safety instructions when using the G-Flame This section is about general safety instructions. You need to mind other safety instructions given in this manual as well. Furthermore, you need to observe the safety distances mentioned in the relevant chapters. The safety rules enlisted in this manual are referring to the G- Flame only. For the other devices in our product range there is another version of safety instruction which can be found in the user manual of the particular devices. The following instructions are for your understanding about important and basic safety principles. Our general safety requirements are based on our own experience plus the contact and feedback from our customers. These rules allow the safe and successful usage of all components of our wireless firing systems. With proceeding development of our products, we will continuously revise and adapt the safety standards in conclusion with your notifications and support. The following safety instructions are part of all our operation manuals within our product range. These instructions are also available in printed form and can be downloaded via our internet homepage at any time. Please forward these instructions to any relevant persons in your company dealing with this topic. Any technical device can potentially cause a fault. This could be encouraged through: wrong usage, unit damage, unit aging as well as the wear and tear of the unit. This fundamental thesis was the basic principle when writing these instructions. The usage of effect devices to generate flame balls and flame columns, especially in indoor and outdoor venues or places of public assembly, can be hazardous and bears many potential risks, such as severe damage to property or personal injury and due to that is of utmost importance to follow all safety instructions whenever the product is being used. 1. Never use the devices if you have not completely read and understood the user manual. 2. Never order somebody to use devices in a potentially risky application if this person is not absolutely reliable or does not have sufficient technical knowledge. 3. The operator who is in charge for the safety has to have complete overview over all devices during the whole application. In addition, he has to be able to take action in the technical control of the system at any time if a potentially dangerous situation is arising. Please refer to the sections in this manual where the 'emergency off' functions are being explained. 4. For the usage of the device in places of public assembly an approval by the authorities that are responsible for the fire prevention is necessary. 8 5. If flame effects are being used no easily inflammable materials should be present in general. In places of public assembly this kind of material is normally forbidden by the legislator. By the usage of flame retardant spray these materials can be rendered hardly inflammable. 6. Smoking or open fire is strictly prohibited within the safety zone! Keep off any other sources of ignition. 7 . Depending on the type, size and quantity of the effects that are being used and depending on the local conditions, allocate the necessary fire prevention and first aid measurements. 8. In all cases respect and follow any national and technical regulations as well as the operation manuals respective to the devices in use. 9. Ensure that the devices are standing securely and that the position or tilt cannot vary during the application. Depending on the circumstances it can be necessary to mount the devices e.g. by using screws. Please mind the chapter in this user manual which is dealing with the mounting of the devices on truss elements. 10. Ensure that the device is not covered by anything and that the fuel can be easily exhausted through the nozzle. Furthermore, ensure that no foreign objects like e.g. confetti or streamers enter the burning chamber. 11. Arm (switch on) the devices as shortly as possible before the effect and disarm (switch off) them immediately after the effect. Optionally this can be achieved either by using the emergency off input or the main switch or the hazard zones or the DMX safety channel. The hazard zones can be turned off and on either by a wireless command or by using serial data cables. As soon as the devices are armed or respectively ready to fire, they must be constantly supervised by the responsible operator. 12. Ensure that no heat sources like strong spotlights are pointed towards the devices or the gas cartridges or the gas bottles. 13. Make sure that non authorized persons cannot gain access to the effect and control devices. 14. The safety boundary distances required by the manufacturer and authorities are to be respected. Secure the area so that non authorized persons cannot gain access to the same. 15. The operation manuals and safety instructions of the manufacturer of the effect and control devices must be observed at all times. If in doubt these must be discussed with the relevant safety organisations. 16. The effect and control devices are only allowed to be used according to the defined applications. Only use fuels that have been approved by the manufacturer. 9 17 . The components of our firing system are to be covered or encased against burn-off cinders or weather conditions where necessary. Electrical contacts should be protected against corrosion, soiling and damage plus they should be cleaned regularly. 18. We recommend to have our products inspected every one to two years. Along with the testing of the rechargeable battery, a visual test as well as a functional test will prove that the operational safety standards are still met. 19. Do not use damaged equipment. If a damage is found, immediately send the device back to the manufacturer for professional repair. Our warranty for the proper function for our equipment is only for components of our system, which have no damage. 20. Any changes in or to the devices as well as repair work on the units other than that through the manufacturer will invalidate any warranty claims and our product liability will be void. Should repair of the units be necessary, then we do require a detailed report of the problem. 21. Please make sure when lending or renting out the equipment, that no damage has occurred during the rental period of the units. Advise your staff, that it is very important to report any possible damage of the units immediately. Customers, which have borrowed or rented the equipment are hereby informed, that it is their duty to report any damage found or suspected on the unit when returning such. 22. When transporting the devices make sure that the packing is sufficient and check the devices after each transport if they have been possibly damaged. 23. Wire connections from the control units to the G-Flame are always to be insulated and must comply with the technical standards. At the same time avoid wire damage, for example through heat, cable twisting, cable pinching and burn-off cinders or through forced piercing. All cables must be checked before each use on its faultless construction. When using used wires, we do recommend a continuity and short circuit test between each insulated connection before using it again. 24. Avoid potential equalizing currents. Please note that these currents can occur between conductive parts of a building or between conductive parts of a building and earth potential. Due to that control lines should not have electrical contact to conductive structures or parts of a building. Potential equalizing currents on the shielding of cables or on control lines can cause malfunction. 25. Please be aware of the fact that through the gas flames ionized gases are created. The thereby produced ions increase the conductivity within the air. This ionization process can cause an electrical arcing especially within the vicinity of high voltage overland cables. This may lead to lethal consequences for the user and other persons. Please note that wind conditions can be totally different a few meters above the ground. 10 26. Please assure that the effect can only be initiated through the operator. Keep the control unit under lock and key! Within our safety concept, all firing systems are set with individual codes, which inhibit unintended and accidental firing through third parties. If requested we can also supply systems with the same coding. This may be necessary if in a company more than one transmitter is used or when companies exchange the units between each other. It is possible to teach in the G-Flame to any PFC Advanced to enable customers to easily exchange devices. 27 . With our using the key code numbers 901 and 311, we are using a standard key code, which can also be found in other products. On a customer' s request we can also supply other key codes. 28. Ensure that the safety distance is maintained by all persons. The safety distance is to be enforced from the beginning of the work and maintained until the release by the responsible operator at the end of the show until the closure of the fuel supply, the burning of the fuel in the system and the shutdown of the devices. 29. In the interest of your own safety always use a sufficient length of control cable. 30. During testing and firing of the devices no persons or animals are allowed in the hazard area. Furthermore, no materials that are heat-sensitive or that can catch fire are allowed in the same. 31. When the fuel is burning carbon dioxide is generated which is a suffocative gas if the concentration in the air is sufficiently high. Due to that ensure proper ventilation. If in doubt use CO2 warning devices. 32. To burn the fuel oxygen from the air is necessary. Do not use the device if the oxygen of the air is no longer present, e.g. if carbon dioxide or nitrogen is being used to generate low fog on stages. At least from the lowest part of the burning chamber upwards a sufficient amount of oxygen must be present because otherwise the fuel cannot be ignited. 33. In applications that are critical in terms of safety you should consider safety measurements already during the setup how to safely dismantle the installation. 34. For any safety relevant questions please either contact the manufacturer or closely discuss these with the authorities in charge. 35. Use and transport the device only if the lid is closed. 36. Rehearse the planned effect and the whole course of action several times together with all people that are involved, like artists, actors, participants, technicians and staff inembers of the security agency etc. and ensure that all possible hazards are ruled out. If this is not possible the effect must be cancelled. Inform all participants about the function of the warning LED 'Attention, device armed' on the device. 11 37 . Utmost care must be taken if material that can easily catch fire are present such as costumes, decoration material, fabrics or props etc. 38. If the smell of gas, leakages, flow noise or leaked fuel (gasiform or liquid) is noticed it is not allowed to put the device into operation and the hazard area has to be cleared, left and barricaded immediately. The fuel supply has to be shut off immediately in these cases. 39. Never bow over the device or put parts of your body above or respectively before the burning chamber if the device is switched on and always keep at least the safety distance that is required so that no dangerous situation can arise. 40. Avoid forces to the quick coupler in the device such as: drag forces, pushing and pulling forces and sidewise forces in all directions. If a gas hose is connected do not pull at the hose, no matter in which direction. 41. If a device did not function properly in an application it is not allowed to use it again until it has been repaired and checked by the manufacturer. 42. The system of the device must be depressurized before the cartridge holder or the hose is being removed. This is achieved by opening the magnetic valves while the fuel supply is shut off. Close the blue valves of the cartridge holder or respectively the shut-off valve of the gas bottle and fire the G-Flame again and again until no more gas is set free by the nozzle. 43. In case that the G-Flame is used to generate a continuous flame (several minutes burning time) the burning chamber and the top side of the G-Flame should be covered with suitable heat protection plates in order to prevent damages due to excessive heat. This applies to various kinds of flame bars and for the standard nozzles as well. If you have any questions regarding this topic, please contact the manufacturer. 44. This only applies to devices with a screw able micro filter: Before each use of the G-Flame, check that the O-ring of the fine filter is functional and check that the fine filter is firmly tightened so that there can be no leakage at this point. Tighten the filter housing by hand. 45. Only use original accessories. Otherwise, the safety of the equipment cannot be guaranteed. Further information can be found in the chapter 'Accessories ' in the respective user manuals. 12 1.4 Application fields and intended use The G-Flame is a versatile flame projector that can be used - depending on the fuel supply- outdoors, on stages, in buildings or tents. Typical applications are: - Flame shows outdoors, solely or combined with aerial fireworks displays or ground fireworks - Generation of flame effects in bars, clubs or discos - Applications on stages in buildings e.g. for TV productions or on open-air stages e.g. during a live-concerts - Generation of flame effects in the area of special effects for TV and movie productions - Hazard training for fire fighters, policemen, special and military forces All other applications are considered as unintended and must be approved by the manufacturer. The device has not been designed to produce a continuous flame. The maximum burning duration the user must mind is 25 seconds. After that the user has to pause the flame effect for at least two minutes so that the unit can cool off sufficiently. Besides long-lasting continuous flame columns are much less dramatic compared to short flame balls and flame columns. 1.5 Required approvals Before the device can be used, a permit by the owner and if applicable of the tenant of the property or building is required. For the usage outdoors - if it is not a stage or a place of public assembly- no permit of any authority is required to the best of the manufacturer's knowledge. Usually no charges can be imposed for this kind of usage. In places of public assembly and on stages the relevant local laws must be followed. The necessary fire precautions must be negotiated with the competent authority for fire prevention depending on the individual case. • • • - � • � • • • • • - - - � _ � i.� �� - � .� � � � .. ,� � �'I A � . '� �� 1fi � � 14 B � �18 � � +1 , '��24 . �o �j.� � � 13 �� Fw�� + � '� ■ '�. �� ,� � � �R � ,� �' F� � �2 � � � �a �� ; � ,�: � � ;� � � �� -: � ; 4 . ' � .! ' w �� a y 14 1 Antenna This standard antenna is included in the delivery of the Advanced wireless communication module. 2 Socket 'Antenna' This feed-through is included in the delivery of the Advanced wireless communication module. 3 Burning chamber The nozzle is integrated in the bottom of the burning chamber, beneath the ignition electrodes. Furthermore, a drain for the rain water is installed in there. 4 lonization electrode This electrode is used for the flame monitorin . 5 Electrode cage This cage encloses the ignition electrodes. It is open on the bottom so that the electrodes are accessible for cleanin . 6 Main switch Switch the device on and off here. 7 Char in in ut (recessed Connect the char in unit here. 8 Voltage control input Control input for control voltages ranging from 12 to 24V DC. (recessed 9 Firin ke input (recessed) Control input for a potential-free electrical contact. 10 Output for DMX512 and Either used to daisy-chain the signal to the next device or to insert RS485 (recessed) a connector with a network termination resistor. 11 Input for DMX512 and Used to feed in the signal of the DMX console or the PFC RS 485 (recessed) Advanced or the device precedin in the network. 12 Emergency Off Input Input for the emergency switch. (recessed) 13 LC Dis la Dis la s the current information. 14 LED 'Operation' This blue LED is continuously on if the device is in the menu and it is flashin if the device is in receivin mode or ready to fire. 15 LED 'Flame' This yellow LED is continuously on if a flame is being generated and it is flashin if a ste dela is bein rocessed. 16 LED 'Char in ' This reen LED is lit if the device is bein char ed. 17 LED 'Low Battery' If the battery is discharged below 30%this red LED is flashing in receivin mode or if the device is ready to fire. 18 Magnetic sensitive area 'Up' By pointing to this area with the magnetic pen the parameter of the current menu item will be increased or changed. If you point on this field for a longer time the parameter will increase automaticall . 19 Magnetic sensitive area By pointing to this area with the magnetic pen the parameter of 'Down' the current menu item will be decreased or changed. If you point on this field for a longer time the parameter will decrease automaticall . 15 20 Magnetic sensitive area By pointing to this area for some time, you will enter the menu. If 'Mode' you point to this field for a longer time, you will step through the different menu items automatically. At the end you will return to the receivin or stand-b read to fire mode a ain. 21 Warning LED Flashes in red color if the device is armed or while the safety timer is countin down. Can be disabled in the menu. CAUTION Strong heating of the device during operation During operation, the following parts of the device can heat up considerably: • the casing, in particular the parts forming the combustion chamber • the electrode cage � • the ignition electrodes • the electrode for ionization measurement 2.4.4 Do not touch these parts until they have cooled down sufficiently and the 2 5 1 unit is switched off. WARNING High ignition voltage For the operation of the ionization measurement and the electrical ignition of the fuel, very high voltages are generated in the device, which can be life-threatening. Therefore, always operate the unit with the cover panel closed and never reach into the interior of the unit or into the ignition electrodes or electrode cage during operation. The electrode for ionization measurement is live while the fuel valves are 2.3.3 open. However, a current limiter in the unit prevents any danger from arising. 2.2 Carrying handle This carrying handle is located on the side of the housing opposite the inputs. To carry the unit, unfold this handle and grasp the handle with one hand and with the other hand under the edge of the housing at the inputs on the opposite side of the unit. � Fold the handle back in when you no longer need it. �� 16 2.3 Cover panel The cover plate is located on one side of the housing. By pressing the release-button, the connection for the gas hose or the cartridge holder and the four nozzle holders become accessible. To close it, insert the cover plate into the guides on the bottom and press it until the release button engages. 2.4 Cartridge holder This T-shaped cartridge holder is included in the delivery of the gas cartridge option: �� 1 4 � 1 ��M � �' �� / +� 3 � 3 � �.. � � _ � �,� , � � � � , . .. , `�, -- f � � 2 1 Reception for as cartrid es Screw in the cartrid es here. The thread is ri ht-handed. 2 Shut-off valve Opens or closes the fuel supply between cartridge and device. Can also be used to throttle the fuel flow to some extent to reduce the flame hei ht. 3 Non-return valve Ensures that no fuel will be able to escape if the shut-off valve on the other side is not closed. 4 Quick-coupler To be connected with the opposing quick-coupler of the device. Can be released b ullin back the knurled rin . DANGER Use of non-original accessories or operation without specified components The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed, if non-original accessories and components are used. All specified parts must be used to operate the device (e.g. pressure reducer). • Use only components and accessories approved by the � manufacturer. • Use all components specified by the manufacturer. 2.3.7 17 3 Nozzles for different types of fuel Different nozzles have been developed for the various types of fuels. The nozzles have been optimized for: - perfect ignition behavior - aesthetic flame shape - rapid extinguishing of the flame to enable fast step sequences - best performance of the flame monitoring system Make sure that you use the correct nozzle for your application every time you operate the device. The usage of other nozzles than the original ones is prohibited. The following nozzles are available: This nozzle is intended to be used with gas cartridges. � To gain different flame heights this nozzle is available in these � different sizes: S/M /L/XL/XXL %/j ' The size XXL is included in the delivery of the gas cartridge option. � J .,� This type of nozzle is must be used together with gas bottles if the �,'• qasiform phase is being used. It is included in the delivery of the gas , bottle option. r Different sizes are not being offered because the flame height can be changed by adjusting the pressure setting at the pressure regulator. This nozzle has been designed for the usage in conjunction with gas � � bottles if the liquid phase is being used. It is not included in the delivery of the gas bottle option and must be ordered separately if i, `^�,'.. '� required. This kind of usage is at one's own risk. _.�:�� Different sizes are not offered because for this kind of a lication .� PP normally a very high flame is desired and the flame height can be adjusted at the regulator. Please note that special regulators are necessary for the liquefied phase and please read the instructions given in the section 'Approved fuels and instructions if the gas bottle option is being used'. 18 CAUTION Operation without a nozzle Operation without a nozzle can cause an unexpected flame column. • Only use the nozzles specified by the manufacturer. � 2.3.5 DANGER Use of non-original accessories or operation without specified components The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed, if non-original accessories and components are used. All specified parts must be used to operate the device (e.g. pressure reducer). • Use only components and accessories approved by the � manufacturer. • Use all components specified by the manufacturer. 2.3.7 3.1 Changing the nozzles and nozzle holder The nozzles have always to be screwed in with the supplied Teflon seal. When changing the nozzles, be sure to tighten them hand-tight (0.7 Nm torque) NOTICE Do not use more than 1.0 Nm torque as this will destroy the seal. Holder for up to four nozzles can be found in the housing of the G-Flame. 3.2 Sealing of the nozzles or respectively of the nozzle thread The nozzles for gas can operation have a central drilling. After use, you should cover this nozzle opening with insulating tape, preventing objects from entering the device. This is particularly the case if the device is stored or transported unpacked. If you unscrew the nozzle and do not install another nozzle, you should also cover the opening so that no objects can enter. In such a case, we recommend that you screw in a dummy plug instead. 19 4 The various inputs and their compatibility and usage, pin assignments of connectors 4.1 The emergency off input A shielded cable with two stranded wires that are wired to an electrical switch can be connected here. The emergency off switch should be installed in an enclosure. Industrial grade emergency off switches, suitable housings, cables and accessories are available on the market for do-it-yourself constructions. Upon request we can also supply this material or offer a ready-for-use solution. Several G-Flames should always be controlled by separated emergency off switches to avoid potential equalizing currents. If you want to control several G-Flames with a single emergency off switch we can offer you a customized solution with an optical isolator between the individual signals. The pin assignment of the emergency off input is as follows: Pin1 =Shielding for the control signal, to be connected with the shielding of the cable Pin2 =to be connected with the contact of the electrical switch (output at the G-Flame) Pin3 =to be connected with the contact of the electrical switch (input at the G-Flame) A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. 4.2 Firing key input The firing key input requires a potential-free electrical contact. Contact debouncing has been implemented in hardware and software. The contact must be able to withstand a switching current of at least 100 mA at a voltage of 5V DC. This input should always be used together with a shielded cable, especially with longer cable lengths. The firing key input of several devices must not be connected among themselves to avoid equalizing currents caused by different potentials. Instead either galvanically isolated keys must be used or, if several devices should be controlled by a single key a customized solution with a galvanic isolator must be used. A 3pin XLR socket is installed in the G-Flame for this input. The pin assignment is as follows: Pin1 =Ground/Shield, to be connected with the shielding of the cable Pin2 =Output with a voltage of 5V DC with internal current limiter;this pin needs to be connected with the electrical contact of the firing key Pin3 = Input, 0 or 5V DC, this pin needs to be connected with the electrical contact of the firing key A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. You may also use the firing keys which are offered by us as an accessory part for the PFC Advanced. The pin assignment is identical. If desired we will manufacture firing key according to your requirements, e.g. firing keys with long cables or foot switches. 20 4.3 Voltage input 12-24V This input is intended to be used in conjunction with a Galaxis receiver or other firing modules. The following Galaxis receivers can be used: - PFE Profi 3 Outputs and PFE Profi 10 Outputs - PFE Advanced 10 Outputs Connect the positive output of the receiver with the red female input connector and the negative output (ground) with the black female input connector. The voltage input of several devices must not be connected among themselves to avoid equalizing currents caused by different potentials. Instead either galvanically isolated outputs must be used or, if several devices should be controlled by a single voltage signal a customized solution with a galvanically isolated outputs must be used. If using receivers of the Profi series you can select two different control durations (0.5 and 2.6 seconds). It is possible to initiate a firing cue several times one after another to generate several consecutive flame effects. In addition, you can re-fire the firing cue while the output of the receiver is active to prolong the flame effect. With receivers of the Profi series it is not possible to program more than one firing cue to one specific output. If using receivers of the Advanced series with 10 outputs and Terminal function you may program as many firing cues as required to each output and furthermore you can individually program the duration how long the outputs should be active. This requires that the receiver is operated in 10 output mode. Further explanation regarding the usage of the Terminal function can be found in the operation manual of the PFE Advanced 10 Outputs. If connecting other firing systems, you have to pay attention that these devices have a DC output voltage ranging between 12 and 24 Volts. Higher voltages can probably damage the input of the G-Flame. In addition, the equipment to be connected should not use capacitor buffered outputs and be able to deliver a constant voltage. If you will be able to influence the duration of the flame effects depends on the scope of operation of the control devices to be connected. If necessary, we are able to deliver accessory parts like banana plugs and control cables if you inform us about your requirements. You can consult us regarding the technical suitability of other control components. 4.4 Charging To charge the device connect it to the supplied charging unit and establish mains supply. The charging unit comes with a universal voltage input and can therefore be operated worldwide. All you might need are adapters for the different national standards of wall outlets. If the accumulator needs a full charge 30h are required. The intelligent charging circuit switches to trickle charge afterwards. The device should be charged continuously while being stored. This way it is 100% at your disposal all the time. Damages from overcharging cannot occur. The LED 'Charging' is active in green color while the battery is being charged. NOTICE Charging the device The device may only be charged in certain positions. 2.6.1 • Only charge the device in a horizontal position or • Only charge the device lying on its side 21 TIP Continuous operation is possible by constantly charging the device. TIP After incomplete charging, a slightly higher battery capacity is displayed because the battery voltage has not yet normalized. Wait for an operating time of a rox. 10 minutes to measure realistic values 4.5 Operation with DMX512 4.5.1 The DMX512 input The DMX512 input complies with the DMX standard from 1990 respectively the standard which is defined in DIN56930-2. The device is equipped with a 5pin female XLR jack as an input and a 5pin male XLR jack as an output to connect a DMX cable and to feed the signal to the next DMX device. A connector with a termination resistor of 110 Ohm must be installed at the last device in the DMX line. Up to 32 DMX devices can be operated in a single DMX line. If this is not sufficient you need to use a DMX splitter. Please note that for DMX signals only shielded twisted-pair cables with lowest possible capacitance and an impedance of 110 Ohm are allowed to be used. Only used cables that are specified according to the DMX standard. E.g. normal microphone cables are in no case suitable for this purpose. The pin assignment is as follows: Pin1 =Shield, to be connected with the shielding of the cable, also ground for wireless DMX pens Pin2 =Signal - Pin3 =Signal + Pin4 = unassigned but connected with the same pin on the other jack (to enable the feedthrough of return signals) or +5VDC power supply for wireless DMX pens Pin5 = unassigned but connected with the same pin on the other jack (to enable the feedthrough of return signals) A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. If DMX has been selected as an input in the menu of the device you may optionally activate the power supply for wireless DMX pens. This enables the autarkic operation also in the DMX mode which means that the device is independent from any cables, power supplies and fuel pipes or hoses. Please refer to the section 'The menu'which describes the operation in DMX mode in detail. Attention: The DMX protocol is considered to be unsafe because no checksum is being transmitted. Usually it is not allowed to control pyrotechnic effects or similar with DMX. The user solely bears the risk of any potential damages caused by a malfunction. To improve safety, we have implemented the arming of the device by using a safety channel in the G-Flame. TI P For the reason of safety, the G-Flames should always be operated in an exclusive DMX universe, that is only used for the flame effects and no other devices. On all unused DMX channels, the dimming value 0% (decimal 0) should be transmitted. 22 4.5.2 Control via DMX512 In order for a flame to be generated, the safety channel must be transmitted with a dimmer value that is within the previously configured range. See entries in the table under 'The 'Safety channel' menu item'. First the safety condition must be met before the flame channel can initiate the generation of a flame! The safety condition is only correctly fulfilled if the dimmer value of the flame channel is below 6% (below decimal 15) during the rising edge of the dimmer value of the safety channel. A flame will be generated if the safety condition is met and the flame channel is being received with a dimmer value of at least 90% (at least decimal 229). Another flame effect can only be triggered if the dimmer value of the flame channel dropped below 6% (below decimal 16) in the meantime. If a flame is being generated currently and the safety channel is being received with a dimmer value outside the previously configured value range, the electromagnetic fuel valves are closed to stop the flame effect. It can be meaningful to program the G-Flames with different flame channels and a common safety channel. If you move the fader of the safety channel beyond the valid range all G-Flames will be deactivated together. It is still possible to program groups of safety channels if necessary. Examples of the display content while receiving DMX signals: input: DMx512 The G-Flame has been programmed to flame channel 3 and safety F:003_, s:oi2x channel 12 ('F' = Flame channel, 'S'= Safety channel). In addition, you see the status of the safety channels and respectively of the DMX reception. 'x' means that no signal is being received or that the transmitted value of the safety channel is not within the previously configured value range (=device is not armed). The safety condition is not met in this example and no flame is being generated. �znput: DMx512 '✓' right next to the safety channel means that a DMX signal is being F:003_, s:012� received and a value between the previously configured value range is being received for the safety channel (=device is armed). Consequently, flame effects can be initiated. input: DMx512 � The safety condition is fulfilled and the flame channel is being received F:0030, s:oi2� with a dimming value of at least 90%. The G-Flame generates a flame. In this case a flame symbol is being displayed right next to the flame channel. DMX-RDM not `Supported! , During the reception of DMX signals in addition to the display content shown above also the following information is being displayed alternately: - Tilt switch on/off and the tilt status - Flame monitoring on/off As soon as the DMX status is changing the device immediately displays the DMX information again and the LCD backlight is switched on simultaneously if it has been enabled in the menu of the device. 23 4.5.3 The error message "DMX-RDM not supported!" DMx-RDM not If you see this error message, the device is receiving so-called RDM `Supported! � packets, which are not supported and are discarded by the software. Operation of the device via DMX is not possible in this case. Please switch off RDM at the DMX console for the DMX Universe, which is used to control the G-Flames, to be able to continue operation. 4.6 Control of the device via serial data cables via the RS485 interface in conjunction with the PFC Advanced Via the connector for the DMX signal the communication on serial data cables with the PFC Advanced is possible. DMX is only a so called protocol which is utilizing an RS485 interface. In the menu you can choose between radio or cable control. In cable control mode the controller PFC Advanced is the feed-in to a network which has a line architecture. The controller always sends data both ways: via radio and on the cable. For this reason both control methods can be used simultaneously. The G-Flame can receive the serial data signal on the male 5pin XLR connector and provides an output of this signal on the female 5pin XLR connector in order to feed it through to the next device. The cable control method is using a 'RS485' network. According to this standard a termination resistor is required at the last bus device which is plugged into the unused connector. Another termination resistor has to be installed at the controller which is normally the first device in the line. The maximum cable length of one line is 1,000 m. A 'booster'can be used to extend the length. The use of 'splitters'allows star shaped networks, too. Serial data cables with customized lengths, termination resistors, boosters and splitters are available as accessory parts. The maximum number of devices per line is 32. The total maximum number of devices is theoretically unlimited if boosters and splitters are being used. If cable control has been selected in the menu the following is being displayed in receiving mode: �Input: Cable (RS485 of PFC) TIP Even if the device is in cable control mode a result is displayed if a range test is in progress. The test result informs you about the range condition if you would decide to use the radio control option. A bad result of the radio range test e.g. if no antenna is connected does absolutely not imply that the si nal on the cable is insufficient, too. TI P Feedback data from remote access functions is sent by the G-Flame on both communication carriers: via radio and on the cable. At the controller PFC Advanced you can choose which feedback signal should be detected. The pin assignment of the RS485 interface is as follows: Pini =Shielding for serial data cable, to be connected with the shielding of the cable Pin2 =Serial data cable, Signal - Pin3 =Serial data cable, Signal + 24 Pin4 = unassigned but connected between the male and female jack Pin5 = unassigned but connected between the male and female jack A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. Upon request you will be able to receive customized data cables if you provide us your requirements. 4.7 Advanced wireless module, communication via radio or serial data cables If the device has been equipped with the Advanced wireless module it can be controlled by the Galaxis controllers PFS Profi, PFS Pocket, PFM Advanced USB Modem and PFC Advanced. Remote data requests and remote programming is only possible if the G-Flame is used in conjunction with the PFC Advanced. When the wireless module is installed remote data requests and remote programming is also possible with the wireless USB modem together with the Composer software from any PC or notebook. The operation of the G-Flame together with the Advanced wireless module is described in more detail in the section 'menu' in this manual If the wireless module is installed the G-Flame can also communicate with the PFC Advanced via serial data cables. The connection is established by using the DMX jacks and the DMX interface which in principle works as a so called RS485 interface. Please refer to the manual of the controller PFC Advanced and the receiver PFE Advanced regarding network topography and operation. If the cable interface has been selected in the menu of the G-Flame the pin assignment of the 5pin male and female XLR connectors is as follows: The pin assignment is as follows: Pin1 =Shielding for serial data cable, to be connected with the shielding of the cable Pin2 =Serial data cable, Signal - Pin3 =Serial data cable, Signal + Pin4 = unassigned but connected between the male and female jack Pin5 = unassigned but connected between the male and female jack A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. Upon request you will be able to receive customized data cables if you provide us your requirements. 25 5 Instructions for installation and de-installation of the G-Flame 5.1 Setup of the G-Flame First ensure that the equipment is in a safe position and observe all safety rules from the beginning of assembly to the end of disassembly. Before the G-Flame is switched on, make sure that the gas supply has been correctly established WARNING Flammable atmosphere in/at the device When connecting or closing the gas containers, a flammable atmosphere could occur in/at the unit due to lose connections or leaks of the fuel- carrying components. An ignition spark could cause combustion or deflagration in/at the device. • Perform the pressure test of the fuel-carrying components as , required in this operating manual. • Make sure that the underside of the device (cutout) is not blocked. 2 2 1 • Large cutout at the underside of the device below the fuel- 2.3.4 carrying components, so that any escaping gas can be drained. 2.4.1 ' Do not use the device if leaks are detected. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. WARNING Unintentional triggering of a flame column Technical faults can lead to unintentional flame effects. • Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. • Only connect the gas bottle/cartridges when they the device is switched off. , • Minimize the presence in the danger zone. • Enable the flame monitoring system. • Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any 2.2.2 time. 2.3.6 • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. 26 5.1.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges If you use aerosol cartridges, make sure that they are correctly and tightly screwed into the cartridge holder and that the shut-off valves are closed. Connect the cartridge holder to the G-Flame with the quick coupler. A clearly audible click should be heard. The shut-off valves can now be opened. 5.1.2 Operation with gas bottles If you use gas cylinders, make sure that the gas hose is correctly and tightly screwed to the gas cylinder and that the shut-off valve is closed. Connect the gas hose to the G-Flame with the quick coupler. A clearly audible click should be heard. The shut-off valve of the gas cylinder can now be opened. WARNING Extracting the fuel from a gas cylinder in the liquid phase with a pressure reducer for the gasiform phase Destruction of pressure reducer or hose or uncontrolled escape of liquid gas, thereby risk of fire and explosion. • Only use the gas bottle as specified by the manufacturer. � 2.3.9 5.1.3 After opening Immediately after opening the gas supply, the gas tightness must be checked. Ensure a quiet environment and pay close attention to any flow noise and use a gas leak detector to ensure that no gas is leaking. In the event of a leak, you must shut off the gas supply immediately and you must not switch on the device. Only if everything is tight, the device may be switched on. 5.2 De-installation the G-Flame Before you de-install the G-Flame, you must burn off the fuel that is still in the system and the hoses or the cartridge holders. Proceed as follows: CAUTION Strong heating of the device during operation During operation, the following parts of the device can heat up considerably: • the casing, in particular the parts forming the combustion chamber • the electrode cage � • the ignition electrodes • the electrode for ionization measurement 2.4.4 Do not touch these parts until they have cooled down sufficiently and the 2 5 1 unit is switched off. 27 WARNING Flammable atmosphere in/at the device When connecting or closing the gas containers, a flammable atmosphere could occur in/at the unit due to lose connections or leaks of the fuel- carrying components. An ignition spark could cause combustion or deflagration in/at the device. • Perform the pressure test of the fuel-carrying components as � required in this operating manual. • Make sure that the underside of the device (cutout) is not blocked. 2.2.1 • Large cutout at the underside of the device below the fuel- 2.3.4 carrying components, so that any escaping gas can be drained. 2 4 1 • Do not use the device if leaks are detected. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. 5.2.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges Close the shut-off valves on the cartridge holders and switch the unit on again if it is switched off. Remove the remaining gas in the G-Flame by triggering the device until no flame comes out of the combustion chamber anymore. Only now you can switch off the unit and remove the cartridge holder without pressure, because the quick connectors must always be opened without pressure so that the seals are not damaged. The unit can now be de-installed. CAUTION Unexpected flame column Unexpected flame column on ignition without connected gas bottle/cartridges due to remaining residual gas in the system. • Flame off residual gas quantities in the system. � 2.4.2 5.2.2 Operation with gas bottles Close the shut-off valve on the gas cylinder and switch the device on again if it is switched off. Remove the remaining gas in the G-Flame by triggering the device until no flame comes out of the combustion chamber anymore. Only now you can switch off the unit and remove the hose without pressure, because the quick connectors must always be opened without pressure so that the seals are not damaged. The unit can now be de-installed. 28 CAUTION Unexpected flame column Unexpected flame column on ignition without connected gas bottle/cartridges due to remaining residual gas in the system. • Flame off residual gas quantities in the system. � 2.4.2 CAUTION Dangerous movement of the gas hose The gas hose could take up a dangerous movement due to the residual pressure in the system. • Use quick couplers specified by the manufacturer. � 2.4.3 5.3 Tilting the G-Flame The tilted operation of the G-Flame is possible. We recommend a maximum tilt angle of 45° in conjunction with gas bottles and a maximum tilt angle of 75° when gas cartridges are being used. NOTICE Overturning the device 2 1 1 The device may overturn during operation. • Ensure a sufficiently secure stand. • If necessary, attach the unit to the designated mounting points. • Use only suitable stands. • Always enable the tilt switch if possible. If gas cartridges are installed the liquefied phase is being used und due to that the flames follow better the tilt angle because the influence of the thermal lift on the shape of the flame is significantly lower in this case. When the tilt angle is more than 30° the tilt sensor has to be turned off in the menu of the device. When doing so please note that the device will not close the electromagnetic valves e.g. if it is turned over. In this case it is so much more important to ensure that the G-Flame is securely mounted and that your personnel is constantly supervising that all devices are in correct position. If the G-Flame is used with gas cartridges it can also be tilted with an angle of e.g. 90°, 135° or 180° but in these cases the problem exists that the fuel can no longer be used completely or partly in the liquefied phase. Due to that for example a short hose and an external cartridge holder is necessary to enable this operation. If you have a demand for this please contact us so that we can provide a customized solution. 29 5.3.1 Instructions for installation at a tilt of 180° If you want to use the G-Flame inclined by 180°, we recommend this application exclusively with gas cartridges. To do this, you must use an extension for the gas cartridge holder (Item No. 1807). This ensures that the gas from the cartridges is still withdrawn in liquid form. This extension means that the gas cartridges can no longer be installed in the housing of the G-Flame. 5.4 Additional instructions for permanent installations A permanent installation requires that the system is effectively and redundantly monitored by at least two gas detection devices. The function of the gas detectors has to be checked weekly. These function checks must be recorded in writing. The amount of fuel which is held available and is connected with the device must be as low as possible. The shut-off valves should be opened as shortly as possible before the usage and they should be closed again as fast as possible after the effects. 5.4.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges No gas cartridges are allowed to remain in the device if no personnel is present to supervise the devices. 5.4.2 Operation with gas bottles The fuel shut-off valves on the gas bottles must be closed if no personnel is present to supervise the devices. 5.5 Instructions regarding the use of Flame Bars If you want to use Flame Bars, we would like to expressly state here that only gaseous fuel and under no circumstances liquid gas may be used! As a result, the conventional cartridge holder cannot be used here. How this can best be achieved in the respective application should be clarified individually with the manufacturer. WARNING Use ot liquid gas Unexpectedly large flame at the Flame Bars, possibly dropping of burning liquid gas to the ground. • Only use fuels approved by the manufacturer. • Do not use the conventional gas cartridge holder. � 2.3.10 30 DANGER Use of non-original accessories or operation without specified components The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed, if non-original accessories and components are used. All specified parts must be used to operate the device (e.g. pressure reducer). • Use only components and accessories approved by the � manufacturer. • Use all components specified by the manufacturer. 2.3.7 5.6 Mounting on light or speaker stands A receptor for the direct mounting of the G-Flame on light or speaker stands has been integrated in the bottom side of the housing. 5.7 Mounting on truss elements Cage nuts have been integrated in the bottom of the housing to enable the direct mounting of the device on 3-point and 4-point truss elements. Depending on the shape of the truss elements you want to use you may have to remove one cage nut and insert it in another holder. Cone shaped couplers with bolts and safety splint-pins (half cone with M10 screw), which can be inserted into the tubes of the truss elements, are available from specialized trade shops for stage equipment. If necessary, e.g. in places of public assembly, a safety rope can be installed in addition by using the eye on one edge of the housing. 31 6 Approved fuels 6.1 Approved fuels and instructions if the gas bottle option is being used Make sure that the correct nozzle for this type of fuel is installed and that it is tightened sufficiently. Gas bottles with 5 kg, 11 kg or 33 kg of liquefied Propane/Butane gas mixture can be used with this type of operation. For safety reasons you should use the smallest bottle possible. Only if a high quantity of gas is required for a single event you should use the next larger bottle size. DANGER Use of gas bottles without pressure reducer The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed by operating gas bottles without pressure reducers. All specified parts must be used to operate the device. • Only use gas bottles with an installed pressure reducer. � 2.3.8 The usage of other fuels in this operation mode, e.g. with coloring additives, is strictly prohibited because this can lead to leakages in the system or malfunction of the electro-magnetic valves. The distance between the G-Flame and the gas bottle must be at least 1.0 m. The G-Flame is not allowed to be inclined in the direction of the gas cylinder when it is in tilted operation. 6.1.1 Instructions regarding the usage of the gasiform phase The usage that is intended by the manufacturer is that only the gasiform phase is being taken from the bottle. Here it is mandatory to use a pressure regulator and the maximum output pressure must not be higher than 4.0 bar. The used gas hose must be approved for a pressure of 6.0 bar. If you order the gas bottle option we deliver appropriate and approved equipment for this type of usage. If the inner diameter of the gas hose is too small or if the pressure regulator is unsuitable the flame height will be reduced. The usage of gas bottles without pressure regulator is an extreme accident hazard and is strictly prohibited. The reason is that the pressure in the bottle can reach up to 35 bar and certain components like e.g. the gas hose and the electro-magnetic valves have not been designed for this. 6.1.2 Instructions regarding the usage of the liquid phase The usage that is intended by the manufacturer is that only the gasiform phase is being taken from the bottle. You can use also the liquid phase on your own risk. When using the liquid phase much higher flames can be generated (approx. 8-9 m). For doing so another nozzle is required and it is prohibited to use the supplied pressure requlator. 32 WARNING Extracting the fuel from a gas cylinder in the liquid phase with a pressure reducer for the gasiform phase Destruction of pressure reducer or hose or uncontrolled escape of liquid gas, thereby risk of fire and explosion. • Only use the gas bottle as specified by the manufacturer. � 2.3.9 Standard pressure regulators are not suitable to be used with the liquefied phase. When the temperature is rising the pressure in the hose will increase extremely which will destroy the pressure regulator and liquefied gas is set free. Pressure regulators are offered on the market which are suitable to regulate the liquefied phase. Furthermore, a gas hose must be used that has been approved for at least the maximum bottle pressure which is 35 bar. Hydraulic hoses are suitable for this. It must be avoided by all means that a certain volume filled with liquefied gas is blocked off. For example, it is not allowed to fill the hose with liquefied gas and then close the shut-off valve on the bottle. The pressure in the locked volume will increase with a rate of 7 bar per 1°C when the temperature is risinq! If you do not use a regulator must ensure that the bottle pressure is not higher than 10 bar because this is the maximum pressure that the electromagnetic valves can handle and due to that the bottle temperature should not exceed 25°C. It is not advisable to use the liquid phase by turning the bottles upside down. Besides the fact that the bottle is no longer standing stable also dirt from the bottle may enter the regulator (if installed) or the system of the G-Flame. When using the liquid phase, you should only use bottles with a dip tube installed inside. The safety distance must be extremely increased: if there is no wind at least 10 m to the side and 20 m upwards. The safety distance sideways has to be increased in windy conditions by the judgment of the operator. Please note in this context that unburned fuel that is transported by the wind can be hazardous. Accurately inspect all equipment before each application, especially the gas hose, regarding possible damages. It is strictly prohibited to use damaged parts or equipment. Ensure that the gas hose cannot become damaged during usage, e.g. by burning stars from aerial shells that fall down to the ground. Fireproof protective covers for the gas hoses are available upon request. Make sure that the flame monitoring system is enabled in the menu of the G-Flame. The usage of gas bottles in conjunction with the G-Flame is only permitted outdoors and not on stages, in buildings or tents etc. Before starting operation, the system has to be checked with a gas leak detector. Make sure that the quick coupler, the gas hose and the pressure regulator is connected gas tight with the gas bottle. Depending on your application it can be necessary to use gas detectors to ensure best possible safety. Cost effective devices are offered on the market. Please note in this context that Propane and Butane is heavier than air and due to that it can accumulate in sinks, trenches, cellars or shafts. This characteristic must be taken into consideration when installing gas detectors. In case that the G-Flame do not ignite the fuel because of a technical defect of if the device should have a leakage the units must be turned off immediately either by using the emergency-off input or by disabling the hazard zone that has been assigned to the device and the fuel supply has to be shut off as quickly as possible. The main switch is not allowed to be used as long as an ignitable fuel-air- mixture is present. The advantage of using the emergency-off input is that no spark, which could possibly ignite the mixture, is being generated when turning off the unit. 33 In most cases liquefied gas is a mixture of Propane and Butane. The mixing ratio can be very different, depending on the country. This has to do with the fact that the vapor pressure of Propane is much higher compared to Butane. In countries with a warm climate usually the Butane proportion us much higher while in countries with a colder climate the Propane proportion is higher. The mixing ratio can also vary depending in which season the gas is being purchased. The G-Flame can work with any Propane/Butane mixing ratio. You should use the liquefied gas as it is offered in the particular country instead of e.g. bringing pure Propane bottles to a region with relatively warm climatic conditions. The instructions in the material safety data sheet of the gas bottles, the ADR regulations (i.e. regulations for the transportation of dangerous goods) and the regulations imposed by the employer's liability insurance association for the storage and usage of gas bottles and all other relevant laws, especially for places of public assembly and all accident prevention regulations, must be strictly followed. Especially the maximum allowable temperature of the bottles must not be exceeded. Protect the bottles from direct sun light and ensure that the bottles do not become overheated e.g. if they are loaded on vehicles. Usually the bottles are equipped with a pressure relief valve which opens at 35 bar with a tolerance of +/- 5 bar. This is beneficial to prevent the burst of a bottle during a fire. If the pressure is decreasing this safety valve is closing automatically. Of course, the released gas is a major accident hazard. Liquefied, pure Propane already generates a vapor pressure of 26 bar at a temperature of 70°C. 30 bar is exceeded at a temperature of 78°C and gas could possibly vent through the pressure relief valve. According to the regulations of the employer's liability insurance association already a bottle temperature of 40°C is unallowable. The valves of the bottles should be opened as shortly as possible before the usage and they should be closed again as fast as possible after the effects. After each usage the remaining fuel in the gas hose and in the system of the G-Flame must be emptied. To do so first close the valves of the gas bottles and then initiate a flame effect several times until no flame is being generated any more. Then the installation can be dismantled. TI P Expect that the G-Flame generates a flame every time you trigger the device even if there is no fuel supply. It could be that there is still fuel in the system and due to that a flame can be possibly generated. Furthermore, it could be that the system has not been completely emptied last time when the devices have been used. When gas is drawn from the gas bottle, which contains the liquefied phase, the liquid in the bottle is cooling down due to the evaporative heat loss. Especially if a high volume is drawn from the bottle and if the ambient temperature is low this can lead to a significant pressure loss in the bottle resulting in a lower flame height. If you want to use or construct a bottle heater to cope with this problem you must not use appliances that have not been approved for this. Furthermore, the heating device must be equipped with at least two independent temperature monitoring systems for failover redundant operation. 34 6.2 Approved fuels and instructions if the gas cartridge option is being used Make sure that the correct nozzle for this type of fuel is installed and that it is tightened sufficiently. The gas cartridge option is intended to be used for applications on stages or in buildings. It is always possible to use the G-Flame with this variant also outdoors. In this context we would like to point out that the flame effect is less susceptible to windy conditions due to the fact that we liquefied phase is being used if gas cartridges are installed. When gas cartridges are to be used the following fuel-cartridges are approved: a) Manufacturer or respectively supplier: ROTHENBERGER Werkzeuge GmbH Industriestraf3e 7 65779 Kelkheim Germany Telephone: +49/6195/800-0 Fax: +49/6195/800-3500 e-Mail: info@rothenberger.com Homepage: www.rothenberger.com Product name: Multigas 300 Content: 600 ml Aerosol (330 g) Composition: approx. 65% Butane, 35% Propane Calorific value: 4,61 kWh/Cartridge b) Manufacturer or respectively supplier: CFH Lot- und Gasgerate GmbH Bahnhofstraf3e 50 74254 Offenau Germany Telephone: +49/7136/95 94-0 Fax: +49/7136/95 94-44 Homepage: www.cfh-gmbh.de e-Mail: info@cfh-gmbh.de Product name: Universaldruckgasdose AT 2000 Content: 600 ml Aerosol (330 g) Composition: approx. 70% Butane, 30% Propane Calorific value: 4,61 kWh/Cartridge Additional fuels can be approved upon request. In this operation mode the pressurized liquid is taken from the cartridges and is atomized by the nozzle of the G-Flame. An aerosol is produced which is then ignited by an electrical arc. Due to this we are speaking of aerosol cartridges, fuel cartridges or gas cartridges. 35 Use only a single cartridge for the reasons of safety if you do not need to generate many flame effects. The usage of other fuels in this operation mode, e.g. with coloring additives, is strictly prohibited because this can lead to leakages in the system or malfunction of the electro-magnetic valves. Make sure that the flame monitoring system is enabled in the menu of the G-Flame. Only use original accessories which you will receive from us when ordering the gas cartridge option. The cartridge adaptor consists of a T-piece with two non-return valves, two shut-off valves and two connectors for the gas cartridges. The non-return valves prevent the leakage of fuel on the other side of the T-piece if a cartridge is being installed while the shut-off valve on the other side is not closed. Even though non-return valves are installed you have to ensure that both shut-off valves are closed when screwing in one or two cartridges. Before removing the T-piece from the G-Flame or before screwing in fuel cartridges you have to ensure that no ignition sources are present in the surrounding area. Smoking and open fire is forbidden. All other sources of ignition must be eliminated. Make sure only to use cartridges that are undamaged and that the connectors for the cartridges and the thread on the cartridges is free from dirt and dust. Open the cover lid of the G-Flame in order to screw in the cartridges and remove the T-piece by opening the quick-coupler. To do so pull back the knurled ring. Check all parts of the equipment thoroughly if anything is damaged, especially the seal in the quick-coupler of the T-piece. It is strictly prohibited to use damaged equipment. Pay attention to screw in the cartridges gas-tight, completely and rather tight. Otherwise it is possible that the valve in the cartridges is not completely opened which leads to the problem that the fuel amount that can be drawn from the cartridge is reduced. In this case either the flame height will be reduced or the flame cannot be ignited. Both can cause a shut-off of the electromagnetic valves because the flame monitoring system cannot detect a sufficiently burning flame. The shut-off valves in the T-piece should be opened as shortly as possible before the usage and they should be closed again as fast as possible after the effects. Before or respectively while putting the device into service it can be reasonable to check the whole system with a gas leakage detector. If used on stages, buildings or tents this is absolutely necessary. When screwing in the cartridges it can happen that a small amount of fuel is set free. Due to the fact that gas leakage detectors are very sensitive you should wait some minutes so that the fuel that was possibly released when the cartridge was installed can evaporate and volatilize completely. Then you can begin with the testing against leakages. If it should be the case that G-Flames do not ignite the aerosol spray or that there is a fuel leakage because of a technical defect the units must be turned off immediately either by using the emergency- off input or by deactivating the hazard zone that has been assigned to the device and the fuel supply has to be terminated as fast as possible. The unit may only be turned off by using the main switch if you can assure that there is no inflammable or explosible fuel-air ratio present. The advantage of utilizing the emergency-off input is that during the shut-down no electric spark can be generated that could ignite a fuel-air mixture. Depending on your application it can be necessary to use gas detectors to ensure best possible safety. In applications on stages, in buildings or tents this is mandatory. Cost effective devices are offered on the market. Please note in this context that Propane and Butane is heavier than air and due to that it can accumulate in sinks, trenches, cellars or shafts. This characteristic must be taken into consideration when installing gas detectors. Gas cartridges contain predominantly Butane, which has a lower vapor pressure compared to Propane. Furthermore, the vapor pressure curve of Butane has a much flatter characteristic. On the other hand, the cartridge is by far not so robust as a gas bottle. Therefore, the maximum temperature, which is 50 °C according to the guidelines provided by the manufacturers of the cartridges, must not be exceeded during storage, transportation and usage. 36 The instructions in the material safety data sheet of the gas cartridges, the ADR regulations (i.e. regulations for the transportation of dangerous goods) and the regulations imposed by the employer's liability insurance association for the storage and usage of gas cartridges and all other relevant laws, especially for places of public assembly and all accident prevention regulations, must be strictly followed. Especially the maximum allowable temperature of the gas cartridges must not be exceeded. Protect the cartridges from direct sun light and ensure that the cartridges do not become overheated e.g. if they are loaded on vehicles. After each usage the remaining fuel in the T-piece and in the system of the G-Flame must be burned off. To do so first close the shut-off valves on the T-piece and then initiate a flame effect several times until no flame is being generated any more. Then the installation can be dismantled. In this context we want to point out that it can take very long until the liquid fuel in the system has completely evaporated. When the liquid fuel evaporates a lot of coldness is being generated (evaporation chill) and this leads to a deceleration of the evaporation. Due to that it can absolutely happen that after a certain time a flame is being generated again even though it seemed that the fuel evaporated completely when emptying the system. After emptying the system and burning off the fuel the installation can be dismantled. Before your remove the T-piece you have to make sure that no ignition sources are present. TI P Expect that the G-Flame generates a flame every time you trigger the device even if there is no fuel supply. It could be that there is still fuel in the system and due to that a flame can be possibly generated. Furthermore, it could be that the system has not been completely emptied last time when the devices have been used. 37 6.3 Fuel consumption 6.3.1 Fuel consumption if gas bottles are being used With a gas bottle with a content of 11 kg approx. 1,000 flame effects with a duration of 0.5 seconds and a height of 5 m can be generated. With a 5 kg bottle approx. 450 of these effects are possible. 6.3.2 Fuel consumption if gas cartridges are being used The fuel consumption depends mainly on the vapor pressure in the gas cartridges which depends on the temperature and also the nozzle size has an effect on the amount of fuel consumed. The following spreadsheet should give you approximate guideline values. The information in seconds refers to the approximate total burning duration with two cartridges with different cartridge temperatures. The burning duration has been determined by using cartridges with a content of 330 g or respectively 600 ml. Nozzle size S M L XL XXL -20 to -15°C 62 Sec. 57 Sec. 52 Sec. 47 Sec. 42 Sec. -15°to -10°C 60 Sec. 55 Sec. 50 Sec. 45 Sec. 40 Sec. -10°to -5°C 58 Sec. 53 Sec. 48 Sec. 43 Sec. 38 Sec. -5°to 0°C 56 Sec. 51 Sec. 46 Sec. 41 Sec. 36 Sec. 0°to +5°C 54 Sec. 49 Sec. 44 Sec. 39 Sec. 34 Sec. +5°to +10°C 52 Sec. 47 Sec. 42 Sec. 37 Sec. 32 Sec. +10°to +15°C 50 Sec. 45 Sec. 40 Sec. 35 Sec. 30 Sec. +15°to +20°C 48 Sec. 43 Sec. 38 Sec. 33 Sec. 28 Sec. +20°to +25°C 46 Sec. 41 Sec. 36 Sec. 31 Sec. 26 Sec. +25°to +30°C 44 Sec. 39 Sec. 34 Sec. 29 Sec. 24 Sec. +30°to +35°C 42 Sec. 37 Sec. 32 Sec. 27 Sec. 22 Sec. +35° to +40°C 40 Sec. 35 Sec. 30 Sec. 25 Sec. 20 Sec. 30 seconds would be for example 100 short flame effects with 0.3 seconds each or 60 flame effects with 0.5 seconds each or 30 flame columns with a valve opening duration of 1.0 seconds. 38 7 Safety distances The safety distances stated in this manual refer to flame retardant materials. For other materials or objects that are susceptible to heat the safety distances must be significantly increased. The thermal output of this effect device is enormous. It is more than 1.2 Megawatt if gas cartridges are being used at a cartridge temperature of 20°C. Especially the safety distance upwards must be increased by 3 m if easily inflammable materials are present. DANGER Open flames Personal injury can occur due to the open flame. • Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. • Minimize the presence in the danger zone. • Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any � time. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. 2.3.1 WARNING Unintentional triggering of a flame column Technical faults can lead to unintentional flame effects. • Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. • Only connect the gas bottle/cartridges when they the device is switched off. , • Minimize the presence in the danger zone. • Enable the flame monitoring system. • Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any 2.2.2 time. 2.3.6 • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. WARNING Ignition failure The ejected gas stream does not ignite. • Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. • Minimize the presence in the danger zone. • Activate the flame monitoring system. , • Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any time. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. 2.3.2 The required safety distance for safe operation is depending on several parameters. The flame height is influenced by different nozzle sizes if gas cartridges are being used and by the selected output pressure of the pressure regulator if gas bottles are being used. Furthermore, wind and every other air movement and the thermal lift are relevant factors. The duration how long the electromagnetic fuel valves are opened is having an influence on the required safety distance. If the valves are opened for extremely short times (approx. 0.1 to 0.5 seconds) smaller flame balls are being generated compared to longer durations. In addition, the temperature of the gas cartridges or gas bottles is affecting the flame height. 39 The pressure in the gas cartridges is rising with the temperature. Due to the lack of a pressure regulator the flame height depends directly on the temperature of the fuel in the cartridges. If gas bottles are used the output pressure of the regulator is constant and therefore the flame height is actually not depending on the temperature of the bottle unless the liquefied gas is very cold or is chilled by the evaporative heat loss so that the vapor pressure in the bottle is falling below the selected output pressure of the regulator. Propane has a vapor pressure of approx. 4 bar at 0°C and approx. 2 bar at-15°C. Wind or thermal influences may heighten the effects which can demand increased safety distances as well. In qeneral, the followina rule applies: The operator is responsible for the accident-free usaqe of the G-Flame and has to decide bv his own iudament which safetv distance is reauired. In certain circumstances the safety distances may be specified by the authorities that are responsible for the safety during the fire prevention assessment on site. The following tables should inform you about the effect height to be expected and be an orientation guide when specifying the minimum safety distances. In qeneral, all the recommendations for the safetv distances qiven in here are basinq on the condition that there is no wind at all! Windy conditions will lead to the result that the effects are drifting sideways accordingly, especially if gas bottles are being used. This must be considered when choosing the position for the installation, choosing a nozzle size and the operation pressure. Due to the fact that the usaqe of the devices is bevond our control expresslv disclaim anv liabilitv for anv damaaes resultina from insufficient safetv distances. Therefore, we are only giving recommendations regarding the safety distances instead of fixed values. Every user must decide by himself which minimum safety distance is required for his application. Utmost care must be taken if actors are wearinq costumes that are easilv inflammable. In such cases the safetv distance must be increased dramaticallv. If in doubt the effect has to be omitted. 40 7.1 Safety distances if gas bottles are being used, device standing vertically Selected 0,0 -0,5 0,5 - 1,0 1,0- 1,5 1,5 - 2,0 2,0 - 2,5 2,5 - 3,0 3,0 - 3,5 3,5 - 4,0 pressure [bar] Ap prox. 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 effect hei ht'` [m] Safety 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,5 distance upwards*'` [m] Safety 2,0 2,0 2,5 2,5 3,0 3,0 3,5 3,5 distance sideways""` [m] " = Expected effect height if valves are opened for 1.5 seconds if G-Flame is standing vertically '`'` = Recommended safety distance upwards to persons, animals or flame retardant objects '`'`'` = Recommended safety distance sideways to persons, animals or flame retardant objects 7.2 Safety distances if gas cartridges are being used, device standing vertically Nozzle size S M L XL XXL approx. 1.5 m approx. 2.0 m approx. 2.5 m approx. 3.0 m approx. 3.5 m -20to -10°C 3.5m 4.Om 4.5m 5.Om 5.5m 2.Om 2.Om 2.Om 2.5m 2.5m approx. 2.0 m approx. 2.5 m approx. 3.0 m approx. 3.5 m approx. 4.0 m -10to0 °C 4.Om 4.5m 5.Om 5.5m 6.Om 2.Om 2.Om 2.5m 2.5m 2.5m approx. 2.5 m approx. 3.0 m approx. 3.5 m approx. 4.0 m approx. 4.5 m Oto10 °C 4.5m 5.Om 5.5m 6.Om 6.5m 2.Om 2.5m 2.5m 2.5m 3.Om approx. 3.0 m approx. 3.5 m approx. 4.0 m approx. 4.5 m approx. 5.0 m 10to20 °C 5.Om 5.5m 6.Om 6.5m 7.Om 2.5m 2.5m 2.5m 3.Om 3.5m approx. 3.5 m approx. 4.0 m approx. 4.5 m approx. 5.0 m approx. 5.5 m 20to30 °C 5.5m 6.Om 6.5m 7.Om 7.5m 2.5m 2.5m 3.Om 3.5m 4.Om approx. 4.0 m approx. 4.5 m approx. 5.0 m approx. 5.5 m approx. 6.0 m 30to40 °C 6.Om 6.5m 7.Om 7.5m 8.Om 2.5m 3.Om 3.5m 4.Om 4.5m Marking in cyan color= Expected effect height if valves are opened for 1.5 seconds if G-Flame is standing vertically Marking in yellow color = Recommended safety distance upwards to persons, animals or flame retardant objects Marking in green color= Recommended safety distance sideways to persons, animals or flame retardant objects 41 It can be necessary to increase the safety distance to uninvolved persons significantly also to ensure that these people do not become frightened and do not show panic reactions. Our recommendation is here a safety distance of at least 5 m sideways. 7.3 Safety distances when using flame bars The safety distances when using Flame Bars are 2.5 m upwards from the pipe in all directions and 2.0 m from the pipe ends to the side. 7.4 Safety distances if the device is being tilted It is also possible to mount the device in a tilted orientation. If gas bottles are being used, we recommend a maximum tilt angle of 45° sideways. When operated with gas cartridges the maximum tilt is 75° sideways. If the device is operated with a tilt angle the safety distances sideways in the direction of the tilt angle should be increased according either to the operator's judgment or to the guidelines of the authorities. Possibly the safety distances on the other side can be reduced, but we recommend to keep at least a minimum distance of 2.0 m. We recommend to keep the minimum safety distance upwards to people, animals and flame retardant materials if the device is being tilted because due to the thermal lift the same amount of heat will ascent. 7.5 Safety distances if the device is mounted above the spectators In general, it is possible to install the devices above the spectators, e.g. on elevated truss elements. The device does not have any fall-out but we recommend a minimum safety distance to people, animals and flame retardant materials of 2 meters above the heads of the spectators. If the devices are used above the spectators you have to take into consideration that they can become frightened and could possibly show panic reactions. This bears the risk of injury and death. 7.6 Reduction of the safety distances to actors Possibly the safety distance to performers (actors, musicians, Stuntmen, artists, etc.) can be reduced slightly if these persons have been well trained and became familiar with the flame effect. It can be necessary to employ other safety measures such as flame retardant or inflammable costumes, pyrotechnical barrier gel (i.e. stunt gel) for the unprotected skin, etc. The user who is in charge for the safety will also have to take into consideration that heat is being dissipated as infrared radiation (invisible heat radiation) and that heat is rising upwards due to the thermal lift. 42 8 Switching on The G-Flame can only be operated if the emergency switch is closed. If you want to use the device without emergency switch you can plug in the supplied XLR connector which is bridging the contacts of the emergency switch before you put the device into operation. In principle the main switch and the emergency switch are wired in series. To switch on the G-Flame press the main switch which you will find on the side of the device where the display is. Firstly, on the LCD the start screen and the firmware version is being displayed: Galaxis , �G-Flame PYROTEC Firmware VX.XX Right after that the safety timer is started, unless a warning message is being displayed that the battery has been deeply discharged. WARNING High ignition voltage For the operation of the ionization measurement and the electrical ignition of the fuel, very high voltages are generated in the device, which can be life-threatening. Therefore, always operate the unit with the cover panel closed and never reach into the interior of the unit or into the ignition electrodes or electrode cage during operation. The electrode for ionization measurement is live while the fuel valves are 2.3.3 open. However, a current limiter in the unit prevents any danger from arising. 9 Compatibility and Firmware Revision History This device can be controlled by the following transmitters: - PFS Profi - PFS Pocket - PFC Advanced The G-Flame can be programmed with the Wireless USB Modem PFM Advanced. The device communicates bidirectionally with the PFC Advanced and the USB Modem PFM Advanced. The firmware of the devices is continuously developed. Information about changes between different firmware versions is available on request. Please inform us about the version you are currently using. We will then send you an easy-to-understand extract from the firmware revision history. 10 Automatic Hardware Checks With Startup As soon as you switch on the device, a check of the hardware for correct function takes place during the startup sequence. 43 10.1 The Error Message '#' An error has been detected in the configuration of the device, which is why it has been locked. Unlocking can only be performed with telephone assistance and during business hours by our support. To initiate the unlocking process, press "Up" once when this message is displayed and then press "Down". The following scrolling text is then displayed: �all the Galaxis office and tell the token. You wi111 receive the activation code. Continue with Mode. J If you now activate 'Mode'a random eight-digit sequence of numbers will be generated and displayed, the so-called token. Tell us this token on the phone and will give you the corresponding activation code. TI P You may speed up the ticker by activating the 'Mode' sensor field and keeping it activated. The sequence is as follows: Token: Example of a token being displayed. This screen is being displayed 535s2s20 sufficiently long so that you can tell us the token on the phone. code? Then you see this request to enter the activation code which you will : receive from Galaxis on the phone. With 'Up'and 'Down'you can change the digits. If you see the correct number being displayed activate 'Mode'to proceed. A '0'can be entered the easiest by activating 'Mode'without activating 'Up'or 'Down' before. code? ox The activation code, which has also eight digits, has been accepted 44232502: und the device is unlocked. No more warning message will be displayed any more until the next occurrence. code? x A wrong activation code has been entered and the code was not 5423250200: l accepted. Switch off the G-Flame and repeat the procedure. 10.2 The Error Message 'ATTENTION! Flame Sensor ERROR'. The flame sensor incorrectly reports a flame although no flame generation is taking place. Please contact us when this error message is displayed in order to perform an error analysis. 10.3The Error Message 'Radio Module not detected' The radio option was activated in the menu of the device, but no radio module was detected. Please check the correct installation of the Advanced radio module as described in item 'Software installation of the Advanced radio module'. If this error message occurs again, please contact us to perform an error analysis. 10.4The Error Message 'Memory error!' The device has detected an implausible value in the non-volatile data memory, which is why safe operation cannot be guaranteed. Immediately after this error message is displayed, the device is reset 44 to factory settings. In any case, please check all relevant settings and make corrections if necessary to bring the device back to an operational state. Then test the device for correct function. NOTICE Memory error and reset to factory defaults Error message: 'Memory error! Call support!' If the device was equipped with an Advanced Radio Module, it can only be reactivated with telephone support and during business hours by our support team. Please follow the steps under 'Software installation of the Advanced wireless module'. The repeated display of this error message indicates a defective memory chip. Please contact us to discuss the further procedure. 10.5The Error Message 'Device Locked' Implausible values have repeatedly been detected in the non-volatile data memory. This indicates a defective memory, which is why the device is permanently locked for safety reasons. This is necessary to avoid unplanned flame effects or general malfunctions. Please contact our support. 10.6The message 'Memory Maintenance' After every 50th switch-on of the device, a so-called memory maintenance is performed to ensure correct functioning of the device even after many years. Please wait until the progress indicator shows 100% and do not switch off the device under any circumstances. After that, the startup process will continue as usual. 11 Manual hardware checks with startup Your device supports a series of hardware tests that you can call up conveniently via the menu. Thereby you have the possibility to check all safety relevant components separately for their correct function. To call up the menu, activate 'Mode'when the device is switched off and switch the device on. Activate 'Mode' until the following display appears. 11.1 Checking the fuel valves for correct function Your unit has two fuel valves connected in series. You have the option of controlling both fuel valves separately from each other, for example, to check the pipe system for leaks using a gas leak detector. Magnetic valve i, Activate 'Up'to open the first fuel valve. Closed : Magnetic Valve i As soon as the fuel valve has been opened, you will see the display open 04:59 : opposite. You can now close the fuel valve immediately by activating 'Down', or you can wait for the countdown until it closes automatically. You can reset the countdown to the start time of 05:00 minutes at any time by activating "Up" again. To end the test of the first fuel valve, activate 'Mode'. You will now be taken to the next screen to control the second fuel valve. The menu navigation is identical to that for the first fuel valve. Activate 'Mode' again to end the test. 45 TIPP As soon as the first fuel valve is opened, a small amount of gas accumulates in the line system when the gas supply is connected. When the second fuel valve is opened, this small amount of gas can escape from the system again. Therefore, wait sufficiently long before carrying out a check with the as leak detector to avoid incorrect measurements. 11.2Checking the ignition spark generator for correct function As soon as you have finished the test of the second fuel valve with 'Mode', the menu for testing the ignition spark generator is displayed. WARNING High ignition voltage For the operation of the ionization measurement and the electrical ignition of the fuel, very high voltages are generated in the device, which can be life-threatening. Therefore, always operate the unit with the cover panel closed and never reach into the interior of the unit or into the ignition electrodes or electrode cage during operation. The electrode for ionization measurement is live while the fuel valves are 2.3.3 open. However, a current limiter in the unit prevents any danger from arising. Test Spark: Activate 'Up'to generate the ignition spark. Off 0 Test spark: The ignition spark is now generated for two seconds. During this time, on: 2 seconds you can hear a distinct buzzing sound, as well as see an ignition spark in the electrode cage. If you do not get audible or visual feedback, start the test again from the beginning. If this test also fails, a defect must be assumed. In this case, please contact us in order to carry out a fault analysis. Press 'Mode'to initiate the test menu and continue the startup process. 12 Battery monitoring and warning message 'deep discharge' after powering up the device The rechargeable battery is monitored during operation. If the battery is being deeply discharged while the device is in receiving mode or ready to fire mode this event is stored in the memory of the device and each time when you switch on the G-Flame you will see a warning message. TIP Deep discharges can only be detected if the device is in receiving mode or respectively in ready to fire mode. In case of a deeply discharged battery you see e.g. this being displayed and during that an acoustic signal will be given: satt. 1x deeply The number of deep discharges is being displayed here. The safety will discharged be automatically started after five seconds. 46 In such cases we recommend to do a battery capacity measurement occasionally to determine if the battery has probably been damaged. Please refer to the menu item 'Start Battery Measurement?'. Please note that deep discharges in general lead to a reduced life time of the batteries. If the battery shows bad capacity results you can order a new battery at all times from us and replace it yourself. If you have replaced the battery yourselves you also can reset the warning message described above. Please read below how to achieve this. 12.1 Resetting the acoustic warning message 'Battery deeply discharged' AF-xeset? I Yes To deactivate the warning tone, please call up the adjacent menu item, No which appears in the last position in the main menu. Code? 1 If you have not previously defined your own code to reset the AF ; � counter, now enter code 1248 to reset the counter. 12.2 Resetting the optical warning message 'Battery deeply discharged' You can reset this warning message yourself after installing a new battery. You will need a PFC Advanced for this. To reset the warning message, please contact our support who will assist you with this process. 13 Safety timer The safety timer will be started every time when the device is powered up and after exiting the menu. safety Timer The timer counts down 15 seconds. Armend in: 15s The purpose of the safety timer is that the user can step back from the device before a flame effect can be initiated. The safety timer will be started no matter which control method has been selected. TI P �Nhile the safety timer is counting down you can terminate the sequence and directly invoke the menu by activating 'Mode'. 14 The warning LED 'Attention armed' On one side of the housing where also the display and the connectors can be found there is also a warning indicator in the shape of an exclamation mark. This warning LED should alert people in the surroundings of installed devices that flame effects will be possibly initiated. 47 WARNING High ignition voltage For the operation of the ionization measurement and the electrical ignition of the fuel, very high voltages are generated in the device, which can be life-threatening. Therefore, always operate the unit with the cover panel closed and never reach into the interior of the unit or into the ignition electrodes or electrode cage during operation. The electrode for ionization measurement is live while the fuel valves are 2.3.3 open. However, a current limiter in the unit prevents any danger from arising. In general, this warning can be enabled or disabled in the menu of the device depending on whether this function is desired or not. Under which circumstances the warning will be displayed depends on the settings you have chosen and various operation modes, providing that the warning LED has been activated in the menu: Selected input Warning while the Warning while the device is in receiving mode safety timer is counting or respectively ready to fire mode down Firin ke Yes Yes, continuousl 12-24V Yes Ja, continuousl DMX512 Yes As soon as the safety channel is received with values between 60% and 80%. Serial data cable No As soon as the controller's command 'Firing (RS485 of the PFC) mode armed' has been received until the command 'Firing mode disarmed' is being received. Wireless No As soon as the controller's command 'Firing (PFC or PFS) mode armed' has been received until the command 'Firing mode disarmed' is being received. TIP When using a Galaxis controller for the correct function of the warning LED it is required that the firing mode is disarmed when the G-Flame is put into operation. Furthermore, the G-Flames must be within radio range of the transmitter. On the edge of the coverage area or if radio inferences are disturbing the transmission it can absolutely happen that some commands are received and others are not. This applies also for the display of the warning. Due to that you should take care for good range and operating conditions so that the warnin si nal will be dis la ed reliabl . 15 The LED indicators This section describes the LED indicators which can be found right above the display: 15.1.1 The LED 'Operation' (blue) This blue LED displays the operating mode. While the safety timer is counting down or the device is in the menu this LED is continuously on. In this case no flame effect can be initiated. 48 If the device is in receiving mode or ready to fire mode this LED is flashing. Only if this is the case a flame effect can be generated. 15.1.2 The LED 'Flame' (yellow) This yellow LED goes on as soon as the electromagnetic fuel valves are opened. If the Advanced wireless module is installed you can program step delays and so called atomic effects in the menu of the device or remotely via the wireless link. If an atomic effect has been initiated the LED goes on as soon as the electromagnetic valves are opening and not when the delayed ignition happens. When a step delay has been programmed and the firing command for this is being received by the device this LED starts to flash until the electromagnetic valves are opened. During a flame effect this LED is continuously on. 15.1.3 The LED 'Charging' (green) This green LED is on as soon as the charging voltage is present and the battery is being charged. With this indicator you can check if the charger is functioning properly. If the battery was completely discharged it takes up to 30h for a full charge. 15.1.4 The LED 'Low Battery' (red) This LED starts to flash in red color in the receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode if the internal battery has been discharged below 30% and together with the flashes you will hear an acoustic warning signal if the loudspeaker has been enabled. In such a case you should connect the charger soon in order to charge the battery completely again. A full charge takes up to 30 h. 15.1.5 Functional check of the LEDs Immediately after powering up the device a function test of the LEDs is performed. First the LED 'Operation'goes on for one second, followed by the LED 'Flame' and the LED 'Low Battery'while the start messages are being displayed. The LED 'Charging'can only be supplied by the charging unit and due to that this LED stays inactive during the LED test sequence. 49 16 The menu Certain menu functions of the G-Flame are depending on the selected control method. In this chapter we will first explain the standard menu with all standard menu items. The control variants 'Firing key' and '12-24V'will be described. Later the menu items of the other control methods will be explained. 16.1 Standard menu items 16.1.1 The menu item 'Language' Sprache/Language Here you can select the language of the menu and all display texts of the English receiving mode or respectively the ready to fire mode. 16.1.2 The menu item 'Change AF-Reset-Code?' Change AF- �Yes` If the device's battery has had a deep discharge in the past and a user- Reset code? �No defined reset code has not yet been set, the menu item opposite appears. code? After previously confirming 'Yes', the adjacent screen appears. You can ; define a user-defined, four-digit code here for resetting the audible battery error warning message. Resetting the battery error warning message is explained in the section 'Resetting the acoustic warning message 'Deep discharge"and 'Resetting the visual warning message 'Deep discharge". 16.1.3 The menu item 'Accumulator capacity' You see e.g. this result in the display: �Accumulator In this example the remaining charging level is 95%. If the value decreases capacity: 95 o below 30%the charging reserve is being touched. If the battery is being discharged to 0% damages due to deep discharging are possible. TIP The display of the accumulator capacity is related to an ambient temperature of 20°C. A fully charged battery could also lead to a reading of e. . 80% if the temperature is ver low. TIP The result of this menu item can also be displayed at the controller PFC Advanced by using the function 'Remote data request', provided that the Advanced wireless module has been installed. No result regarding the accumulator capacity can be acquired as long as the battery is being charged. In this case you will see the following information in the display: The accumulator The results may be higher directly after charging. We recommend to wait an is being charged operation time of approx. 10 minutes to gain realistic results. 50 16.1.4 The menu item 'Accumulator power' By activating 'Mode'you will proceed in the menu and see e.g. this text in the display: Accumulator � To get information regarding the battery power it is discharged with a very Power: 99� high current for a short period of time. The device is analyzing the voltage drop and recovery during this process and is then able to compare the results in relation to an optimum value. The measured parameter is the capability of delivering high current that can decrease during the chemical aging process of the battery. A fully charged battery should have a result of at least 60%. TIP The result of this menu item can also be displayed at the controller PFC Advanced by using the function 'Remote data request', provided that the Advanced wireless module has been installed. 16.1.5 The menu item 'Input' In this menu item you can select one of the following control methods by activating 'Up'and 'Down': input: Firing � Direct control input by using a firing key or any other potential-free electrical Key (Contact) ContaCt. �znput: 12-24v Direct control input for voltages. znput: DMx512 DMX512; later you will be able to switch on the power supply for wireless DMX pens if you want to use this technology. input: cable � This option is only being displayed if the Advanced wireless module has (RS485 of PFC) been installed. Use this selection if you want to use the G-Flame in conjunction with a PFC Advanced and if serial data cables should be used for the communication. 'RS485' is the cable interface of the controller PFC Advanced. RS485 is the name of the technical standard of the interface being used here for the serial data communication between devices on data cables. znput: wireless This option is only being displayed if the Advanced wireless module has (PFC or PFs) been installed. Use this selection if you want to use the G-Flame in conjunction with a PFC Advanced, PFS Profi or a PFS Profi or the wireless USB modem PFM Advanced and if the wireless link should be used. The result of this menu item can also be displayed at the controller PFC Advanced by using the function 'Remote data request', provided that the Advanced wireless module has been installed. TIP The feedback information during remote data requests and programming will always be sent on both data exchange carriers: by radio signal and on the cable. You may select which way you want to use for the feedback in the menu of the controller PFC. For the explanations given hereafter we assume that either 'Firing Key' or '12-24V' has been selected as control method. 16.1.6 The menu item '45° Tilt Switch' In this menu item you can determine if the flame effect should be terminated or if the fuel valves should remain closed if the G-Flame is tilted by more than 45°. 51 45° Tilt switch: The shutoff of the flame effect and the inhibition of the fuel valves if the tilt on angle is too is enabled. 45° Tilt switch:� The status of the tilt switch will be ignored. Use this selection only if you off want to operate the G-Flame with a tilt angle of more than 30°. TIP The tilt switch is a mechanical component. Strong vibrations or accelerations on the vertical axis may cause the tilt switch to respond even though that the device is standing upright. In these exceptional cases it can be meanin ful to disable the tilt switch. 16.1.7 The menu item 'Flame monitoring' Right next to the electrodes for the ignition of the flame another electrode has been installed which is used to measure the ionization of the flame. A flame is so to speak electrically conductive and this physical phenomenon is utilized by the electronic circuits of the G-Flame to detect if the flame is burning or not. Flame Here the shutoff of the flame effect and of the fuel valves if the flame is not monitoring: on burning is enabled. If no flame is detected for more than one second the valves are closed automatically. The device is terminating the fuel supply for this firing command. �Flame With this setting the results of the ionization measurement will be ignored. monitoring: Off TIP With every new firing command another attempt will be made to ignite the flame and in this process the fuel valves will be opened for a maximum time of one second. If no flame can be ignited several times one after another you should disable the G-Flame for the reasons of safety either by using the emergency-off input or the hazard zones (Advanced wireless module required for this) to prevent that an unnecessary amount of unburned fuel is set free. TIP For the reasons of safety, you should generally enable the ionization measurement. WARNING Ignition failure The ejected gas stream does not ignite. • Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. • Minimize the presence in the danger zone. • Activate the flame monitoring system. � • Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any time. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. 2.3.2 52 16.1.8 The menu item 'Flame Quota' In this menu item, you can define a quota that specifies how long the flame may burn in total before it switches off or is prevented from firing again. As soon as the quota has expired, it can be reset at the PFC via range test on channel 777. When the device is switched on again, the quota is reset to the duration set in the menu, i.e. there is no permanent memory storage of a quota that has already started. Flame Quota: , In this screen view, the flame quota has been deactivated, so firing ---s:l without time restrictions is possible. You can increase the quota in 0.1 s steps, up to a maximum of 9.9 seconds. Flame Quota As soon as the quota is exceeded, the adjacent screen appears. Exceeded! Fiame Quota Immediately after resetting the quota on the PFC, this is confirmed with xeset! the adjacent screen. 16.1.9 The menu item 'Number of Allowed Misfirings' This menu item is only displayed if flame monitoring has been activated in the menu. rro. of Allowed When flame monitoring is activated, it is possible to have the unit Misfirings -: automatically lock itself out after a certain number of misfires. A misfire is considered as such if a flame should be ignited for at least one second, but the flame sensor does not detect a flame because, for example, the gas supply has been shut off. Firing stopped if the set number of misfires is reached, the screen on the left is Misf. Exceeded displayed each time the unit is triggered. In this case, no ignition takes place for the remaining operating time of the device. To reset the message, the device must be restarted via the On/Off switch. 16.1.10 The menu item 'Acoustic Signals' This menu item switches the acoustic signals of the device on or off. Beep tones etc. may be disturbing on theatre stages and in this case, it is meaningful to disable the sounds. Please note that there will be no acoustic signals at all if the sounds are turned off, even no warning signal if the battery needs recharging. Acoustic In this example the acoustic signals are enabled. Signals: On 16.1.11 The menu item 'LCD Backlight' This text for example is being displayed: LCD Backlight: The display backlight is turned on automatically as soon as the menu is auto s dimmed called up or messages are being displayed. The display is illuminated slightly(dimmed) in all other cases. That enables you to read the display content in darkness without any further action required. The power consumption for this slight permanent illumination is negligible. 53 LCD sacklight: If you choose this setting the display backlight is completely turned off as auto & off soon as the device is not in the menu or if there is no message. This is preferable in some applications where the slight illumination of the display could be disturbing. �LCD sacklight: � With this setting the display backlight is off all the time. always off 16.1.12 The menu item 'Warning LED' In this menu item the following options can be selected: warning LED ( ! ) :� The warning LED is switched on. When a warning signal will be given is on explained in detail in the chapter 'The warning LED 'Attention armed' '. warning LED ( ! ) : No warning signal will occur. Off 16.1.13 The menu item 'Battery measurement' This additional feature is used for measuring the capacity. The menu items accumulator capacity and accumulator power measure very quickly the actual charging level of the battery and the ability of the battery to deliver current. Basically, the battery voltage is being monitored for these measurements. The amount of energy an accumulator can store is decreasing during the aging process. Many factors affect this deterioration such as the chemical aging process itself, the storage temperature, the number and deepness of discharge cycles. Possibly the amount of energy the battery can store is much less after some years of ageing than it was initially. However, the battery will show high results as a percentage value after charging due to the fact that the off-load voltage is still high. In principle the percentage value refers always to the amount of energy which can be stored in the particular battery. The loss in capacity becomes noticeable only in a shorter operation time. The test results in the menu are falling faster accordingly. To measure the accumulator capacity precisely it was necessary to send the device to the manufacturer for an accurate battery test procedure. With this useful function you can do this battery measurement with precise capacity metering yourself at the device. In the end the result is being displayed in mAh and as a percentage value by which you can easily decide if the battery needs to be replaced. Including a full charge before and after the discharge cycle this procedure requires approx. three days. Proceed this way to perform an accumulator capacity measurement: Position the device evenly and connect the supplied charging unit. Establish a reliable power supply for the charging unit. Power failures should be avoided. In this case the test sequence will be cancelled to prevent deep discharges and the risk of damaged batteries which could occur in this situation. The ambient room temperature should be between 15 and 25 °C. Invoke this menu item. You will see the following on the screen: �start Batt. � Yes You can start the test sequence by activating 'Up'. You will skip this menu Measurem.? � No item with 'Mode'or 'Down'. 54 Please connect After starting the test sequence, the device checks if the charging unit is charging unit! supplying charging current. You will see this message if the charger is not yet connected or if the charger has no mains supply. Establish proper charging now and remain the charger connected permanently. rwarning: , If the loudspeaker is deactivated, you will see this display. We strongly `speaker disabled recommend that you only perform the battery measurement with the loudspeaker switched on, so that you are alerted if a prolonged power failure occurs, because in such a case there is a possibility that the battery will be damaged by a deep discharge! �1. Charging , After starting the sequence this is being displayed. Before the discharge 30:oo h remain cycle (measurement) it is essential that the battery is fully charged otherwise the result would be incorrect. The device will charge the battery for 30 h to ensure that even a completely discharged battery will be fully charged. The remaining time is being displayed continuously. You can skip the initial charging process by activating 'Mode' in order to save time. You should not do this if you are not completely sure that the device's battery has been charged continuously before for at least 30 h. 2. Discharging Subsequently the battery is being discharged and the amount of energy 13.1v 0 mAh which is drawn is being measured. After some time e.g.: The current battery voltage and the capacity in mAh which has been drawn 2. Discharging so far is being displayed for your information. This process lasts until the 12.4v 61� mAh final discharge voltage is reached. If necessary, you can cancel the test by activating 'Mode'for a longer time. After cancelling make sure that the device is charged for a sufficient period of time before using it again. After the discharging process a final charging process is following. E.g. these messages are being displayed alternately: �3. charging ` Here you are informed about the remaining duration of the charging �29:10 h remain process. Again 30 h are required in total. 3. charging In the lower line next to the current battery voltage the capacity in mAh 12.Ov 6.513 mp.h which has been discharged during the measurement is being displayed. You may also terminate the final charging process by activating 'Mode'. In this case you are responsible that the battery is being charged sufficiently afterwards. You will directly enter the receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode. If the sequence is not cancelled you will see e.g. this being displayed: 4. Finished The test result as a percentage value and the capacity in mAh which has 93 0 6.513 mP,h been measured during discharging is being displayed in the bottom line. In addition an acoustic signal is audible which should inform you that the test is finished. The percentage value should help you to interpret the test result correctly. 100% represent 7,000 mAh, this is the nominal capacity of the battery being used. Results over 100% are possible, too. If the battery reaches more than 75% (more than 5,250 mAh) it is fairly good. If the result is ranging between 60 and 75% (between 4,200 und 5,250 mAh) the battery should be replaced soon. If the result is less than 60%the battery should be replaced urgently. TIP You as the operator can easily replace the battery. 55 Normally operation is still possible if the battery shows a bad result. A low capacity leads to a shorter operation time. In some cases also the maximum current that can be drawn from the battery can be reduced if the inner resistance of the battery has risen. Before using the device again you should also observe the parameter 'Accumulator Power' in the menu. It is making sense to test the accumulator regularly. We recommend to do this at least twice a year but not more than four times a year. Due to the fact that the measurement is a full discharge cycle batteries that have become inactive will be refreshed. Several measurements one after another can definitely lead to an enhancement in battery performance and increased capacity. If the test cycle is conducted too often the negative effect of an accelerated ageing is rather likely to occur. There are two possibilities why a measurement has been cancelled: Terminated: no � The charging voltage was interrupted for an unacceptably long time. To charging voltage avoid damages the device cancelled the test. Maybe the charger has been disconnected or a power failure of the mains supply occurred. Establish the power supply and start the test sequence again. If your mains supply is unreliable it is recommended to use an UPS (= Uninterruptible Power Supply). Terminated by Somebody cancelled the test before a result was gained. user If a power failure of the charging voltage occurs during charging or discharging you will hear an acoustic signal in the first instance. When the interruption lasts for too long the device terminates the measurement to avoid damages. If no UPS (= Uninterruptible Power Supply) is being used you should check once in a while if everything is OK. 16.2 Menu items if DMX512 has been selected as an input The following menu items are only being displayed if DMX has been selected as the input. 16.2.1 The menu item 'Flame Channel' Flame channel: With 'Up' and 'Down'you can select a DMX channel ranging from 1 to 512 001> which should be used to control the flame effect. Confirm your selecting with 'Mode'. The functionality is described in detail in the chapters 'The DMX512 input' and 'Control via DMX512'. 16.2.2 The menu item 'Safety Channel' In addition to the flame channel a so-called safety channel must be programmed. safety channei: With 'Up' and 'Down'you can select a DMX channel ranging from 1 to 512 013: 60-80� _ � which should be used as the safety channel. Confirm your selection with 'Mode'. If you have for example 12 G-Flames in use it is meaningful to use the DMX channel 1 to 12 as control channels and the next DMX channel, in this case 13, as a safety channel on all devices. After the DMX channel has been selected, the value range for the dimmer value for the safety channel is now defined. The following configurations are available for selection: 56 Safety range: 30-50% 40-60% 50-70% 60-80% 70-90% Dimmer value 76-120 102-153 127-178 153-204 178-229 decimal: For the respective set safety range, corresponding dimmer values must be transmitted within the defined range so that a flame effect can be triggered. The functionality is described in detail in the chapters 'The DMX512 input'and 'Control via DMX512'. It is not permitted to use the same channel number for the flame and the safety channel. In this case the following will be displayed on the LCD: identical DMx This screen is being displayed for some seconds. After that the device channels! jumps back to the menu item 'Flame Channel'so that different channels can be programmed. You can only exit the menu if different channels have been selected. 16.2.3 The menu item 'Power Supply for Wi-DMX' Frequently the autarkic operation is an important aspect in the practical usage of the G-Flame. Besides the Advanced wireless module which enables the wireless communication between the device and a Galaxis controller you may also use wireless DMX solutions, either as an additional option or exclusively. Here, it is a major disadvantage if DMX receivers as a desktop device offer wireless communication but require first of all a wall power supply and mains power and secondly a cable connection to the G-Flame in order to feed in the DMX signal. Due to that various manufacturers offer wireless DMX Pens, which can simply directly be plugged into the jacks for the DMX signal. The G-Flame has been equipped with the necessary hardware to supply power to these DMX Pens so that no additional source of power is required and autarkic operation becomes possible also this way. With this menu item you can switch the power supply for these DMX Pens either on or off: Power Supply for There is no voltage output with this setting. Wi-DMX: Off �Power suppiy forl With this setting +5VDC on Pin4 and ground (OV) on Pin5 will be applied. Wi-DMX: On All DMX Pens can be used that need a supply voltage of 5V and not more than 700 mA. TIP The DMX Pens offered on the market have a rather high-power consumption compared to the electronic circuits of the G-Flame. Therefore, if this technology is being used the operation time is reduced from usuall 60 h to a rox. 10 h. TIP For best reception during wireless DMX operation you should not directly plug in the DMX Pens and respectively this is maybe even not possible in certain circumstances. Instead use a short DMX cable to operate the DMX pens in some distance. You can for example use some gaffa tape to fix the DMX Pens on the side of the housing so that the antenna is pointin upwards and reception is not impaired. 57 16.2.4 The menu item 'Max. Flame Duration' �Maximum Flame For special applications or for safety reasons, it may be necessary to be �Duration: : able to limit the time of the flame duration in DMX mode. In this case, the � flame goes out after the time preset in the menu. To be able to trigger a new ignition, the dimmer value in the flame channel must be set to 0%. 16.3 Menu items if the Advanced wireless module has been installed and 'Cable (RS485 of PFC)' or 'Wireless (PFC or PFS)' has been selected as control method The following menu items appear only if the Advanced wireless module has been installed and 'Cable (RS485 of PFC)'or 'Wireless (PFC or PFS)' has been selected as control method. 16.3.1 The menu item 'RF Channel' (i.e. frequency selection) This menu item enables the user to determine which radio channel (RF = Radio Frequency) is being used by the device. You can choose from 70 different frequencies (channel 0 to 69). The particular frequency is being displayed in the bottom line. RF channel: 69: If you are changing the RF channel you will have to program all other = 434.775 Mxz devices to the new RF channel to ensure proper radio communication. WARNING Unintentional triggering of flame effects when splitting a Galaxis firing system into two or more systems Simultaneous operation of systems that vary only in terms of different radio channels bear a safety risk. If you split your Galaxis firing system into two or more systems: , • Make sure that you have assigned different system IDs to the firing systems. 2.3.11 16.3.2 The menu item 'Interfering Signal' This is the next menu item. You may see this being displayed: interfering � The device is measuring and displaying the signal strength on the used signal: 5$ radio frequency permanently as long as this menu item is present. Normally this function is used to find out the cause of a radio interference. Values below 15% are uncritical. If the radio channel is busy you can select another frequency. Please see the section 'RF Channel' in this manual for further information. TIP The result of this menu item can also be displayed at the controller PFC Advanced by using the function 'Remote data request'. 58 TIP You can use this menu item for a range test, too. Activate the firing mode at your controller PFS Profi, PFS Pocket or PFC Advanced. The device is now measuring the signal strength of your controller. By changing the location of the G-Flame you can try to find out which installation is best. You should definitely switch off the firing mode before you quit the menu and always make sure that there is no unintended activation of the firing button at the controller durin the ran e test. 16.3.3 The menu item 'Last Range Test Result' You will enter this menu item with another activation of 'Mode'. This function is mainly intended for users who are operating the transmitter PFS Profi or PFS Pocket. The new controller PFC Advanced is now offering the comfort of requesting the result of the range test remotely as well as the PFM Advanced USB Modem. This function comes in handy if you do the set-up of the system without a helping person. After starting a range test at the transmitter, the G-Flames are displaying the results for approx. 10 seconds. Within this short period of time you cannot check the results of many different devices all over the place. This function enables you to ease this task. Proceed this way: - Switch on the G-Flames and start a range test at the controller. - Go to each device, step through the menu and read the result which is being displayed under 'Last range test result'. This value has been displayed during the test. - You can do another test if you like after reading all results. �Last xange Test � This means that there is no result stored in the memory of the device. There xesult: ?o are several possibilities: Maybe no range test was made so far or the device was not within the radio coverage area. Another reason could be that the result has just been cleared by invoking this menu item before. �Last xange Test In this example the signal level was 65%. Values below 30% are critical. Result: 65� TIP The result is being cleared after stepping through the menu to ensure that the same result is not being displayed again after the next range test although the G-Flame is possibly out of reach. If you are using this function it is essential to read all the old results before startina a new test to make sure that they are all bein cleared! 16.3.4 The menu item 'Device ID Number' Dev. iD No. for This is the next menu item in the menu. A device ID number ranging from 1 bidir. comm. : to 999 can be programmed here. The device ID number is used as an identification address during bi-directional remote access. If no device ID number has been programmed the G-Flame cannot be accessed from the controller PFC during remote data requests and programming. Normally the devices are programmed with ID numbers in consecutive order. It is not allowed to program the same ID number to more than one device. 59 16.3.5 The menu item 'Determine Hazard Zone' �Determine � Here you can change the hazard zone of the G-Flame. The default setting xazard zone: A� zone is hazard zone A. The check symbol indicated that the hazard zone is active, i.e. the G-Flame processes firing commands and generates flames according to the cue programming. Determine You may use up to 16 different hazard zone. These hazard zones are xazard zone: E� represented by the letters A to P. In this example the G-Flame has been assigned to the hazard zone E. TI P If you change the hazard zone in the menu the status is 'active' by default. Thus, firing commands will be processed and flame effects will be generated. If a specific hazard zone has been deactivated and you select another zone in the menu for the time being and then select the previous hazard zone this zone will be activated by doing so. The 16 hazard zones can be deactivated and also activated again according to your requirements in the manual and automatic firing mode of the controller PFC Advanced. For this please read the user manual of the controller PFC Advanced. The hazard zone which is currently assigned to the device and its status is being displayed in the receiving mode. You see e.g. this being displayed on the G-Flame's LCD: Firing Mode: off In this example the hazard zone 'G' has been assigned to device. The Hazard Zone: G� hazard zone is active. �Firing Mode: off The symbol 'X' right next to the hazard zone indicates that this hazard zone Hazard zone: Gx has been deactivated. Flame effects are suppressed until this hazard zone is activated again. TIP The status of the device's hazard zone is always active after switching the G-Flame on. Due to that firing commands will be allowed. We assume that all hazard zones should be active after powering all devices up so that only those hazard zones need to be deactivated which bear a risk in terms of safet . TIP When you enable or disable hazard zones at the controller the G-Flame displays the current status of the hazard zone right after receiving the command if this hazard zone has been assigned to this device. The display backlight is activated also to show that the device has received the command. This is useful if you want to test if the G-Flames respond to the hazard zone commands. 16.3.6 The menu item 'Terminal Programming' According to the similarities between the G-Flame and the Galaxis Advanced receivers we also speak of a Terminal programming when operating the G-Flame. Terminal programming means that several firing cues are programmed to a specific output and different durations can be defined in doing so. In principle the G-Flame is an Advanced receiver with a single output. Consequently user-defined flame effects like various flame balls or flame columns can be generated again and again during a show. TIP In this section the programming of the Terminal function in the menu of the G-Flame is explained. Please note in this context that all these parameters can also be programmed remotely-which is very convenient - by using either the controller PFC Advanced or any PC or notebook com uter via the wireless USB modem PFM Advanced. 60 16.3.6.1 Overview regarding the parameters of the Terminal programming The following parameters can be programmed at the G-Flame for each firing cue (1...999): Parameter name Ran e of values Resolution Duration 0.1 ... 25.0 seconds 0.1 seconds Ste Dela 0.00 ... 99.99 seconds 0.01 seconds = 10 ms Atomic Effect 0.0 ... 0.7 seconds 0.1 seconds The parameter 'Duration'determines how long the fuel valves will be opened. Shorter values for the duration create flame balls, longer values create flame columns. With the parameter 'Step Delay'time delays are programmed. By doing so the most extreme step sequences can be achieved. The high resolution of only 10 ms enables the user to create extremely fast step chases and dynamic changes in the stepping speed. The functionality is identical with the receiver PFE Advanded 10/100 outputs and in the user manual of this device the application of the step function is described in detail. The parameter 'Atomic Effect' is a special effect. It is a delay of the electrical ignition which takes place after the fuel valves have been opened. The longer this delay is the more unburned fuel is accumulating above the burning chamber. In the moment of the ignition the amount of fuel in the air is much higher and a nice flame ball similar to an atomic explosion with swirling turbulences is being created. In this context you should be informed that the maximum delay for the atomic effect is 0.7 seconds. Furthermore, the programmed duration must be at least 0.1 seconds longer than the atomic effect delay. The firmware of the G-Flame and of the PFC Advanced prohibits that improper values are programmed for these parameters. TIP It can be also appealing to use the atomic effect in conjunction with flame columns which last several seconds to enhance the impression of the whole effect. 16.3.6.2 The selection menu of the Terminal programming By activating 'Up' and 'Down'you may choose between the following options: Terminalprogr. : Terminalprogr. : Terminalprogr. : Keep up & Exit Edit Delete 16.3.6.3 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Keep up & Exit' Terminalprogr. : If you activate 'Mode' here you quit the menu of the terminal function xeep up & Exit without having changed any parameter. Use this selection also if you want to exit the menu of the terminal function after having made another selection before, for example after having entered a programming. 61 16.3.6.4 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Edit' Terminalprogr. : � If you activate 'Mode' here you will enter the menu for editing the terminal Edit function. �c: 1: T: ---s � 'C' stands for 'Cue', which is the firing channel. D: 0.o0s A:--- 'T' is the parameter duration ('T'for lat. tempus). 'D' stands for 'Delay', which is the step delay. 'A'stands for 'Atomic effect'. After invoking this edit menu firing cue 1 is pre-selected. The double-headed arrow indicates which parameter can be currently changed with 'Up' and 'Down'. After deletion of the memory no durations are programmed at all. In this case '---' is being displayed for the duration and the atomic effect. '0.00' is being displayed as a step delay. If '---' is being displayed for the duration, this means that for this firing cue no flame will be generated by this device. Programming example: - Firing cue 4 should generate a short flame ball with a duration of 0.3 seconds - With cue 7 a flame column with a duration of 4.2 seconds should appear. - Cue 12 should generate an atomic effect with a duration of 0.9 seconds and an atomic effect delay of 0.7 seconds. - Cue 17 should trigger a short flame ball with a duration of 0.5 seconds and an atomic effect delay of 0.4 seconds. This flame effect is part of a step sequence and due to that a step delay of 1.47 seconds should be counted down before the effect will be generated. c: 4: T: ---s As long as the double-headed arrow is being displayed next to the cue D: 0.o0s A:--- number you can select the cue, in this example cue 4, which should be assigned with a flame effect by activating 'Up' and 'Down'. c: 4: T: ---s With each short activation of 'Mode'the double-headed arrowjumps to the D: 0.oos A:--- next parameter. You have to activate 'Mode'once for a short time to determine the firing duration. �c: 4 T: ---s: Now you can enter the duration for this firing cue by activating 'Up' and D: O.Oos A:--- 'Down'. c: 4 T: o.3s: According to the programming example 0.3 seconds have been entered. D: O.00S A:--- c: 5: T: ---s � Activate 'Mode'three times for a short period to skip the parameters atomic D: 0.o0s A:--- effect and step delay. Then you will have the opportunity to edit the programming of the next cue. If the double-headed arrow jumps to the cue number again the cue number will be incremented automatically. c: �: T: ---s Select cue number 7 by activating 'Up'two times for a short period. D: O.00s A:--- c: 7 T: 4.2s:� Jump to the parameter duration by activating 'Mode'once for a short period D: O.o0s A:--- and enter the value 4.2 seconds with 'Up'and 'Down'. c: 12: T: ---s Skip the parameters atomic effect and step delay and select 12 as firing cue D: 0.o0s A:--- in order to proceed with the entries for this cue. c: 12 T: o.9s: Enter the duration how long the valves will be opened, in this case 0.9 D: o.00s A:--- seconds. 62 c: 12 T: 0.9s Right after that you can enter the ignition delay(atomic effect) which is in D: 0.o0s A:o.60 this case 0.6 seconds. This parameter can be edited in the range of 0.0 to 0.7 seconds. The effect duration must be at least 0.1 seconds longer that the ignition delay. �c: 13: T: ---s � Activate 'Mode'two times for a short period to reach the parameter firing D: 0.o0s A:--- cue. The device increments the cue number automatically so that cue 13 is being displayed. c: 17: T: ---s Select cue number 17 with 'Up' and 'Down'. The you program, as already D: o.oos A:--- described above, an effect duration of 0.5 seconds and an atomic effect of 0.4 seconds. Rotate through the edit menu with 'Mode' until you reach the parameter step delay. �c: 17 T: o.5 s � Now enter the desired step delay by using 'Up' and 'Down'. D: O.00s: A:0.4 �c: 17 T: o.5 s As soon as you are finished with your entries activate 'Mode'for a longer D: 1.47s: A:0.4 time to exit the edit menu. Terminalprogr. : Right after doing so the device returns to the submenu of the Terminal Nicht andern programming. With another activation of 'Mode'for a short period you will exit this submenu and reach the main menu. TI P By activating the magnetic sensor fields 'Up'and 'Down'for a longer time you can change the current parameter rapidly. TIP If you are using the atomic effect, which is also a firing delay, in a music synchronized show you have to take these delays into consideration during the design of the show. In principle this parameter must be handled like the rising time of a display shell. The particular cues must be fired earlier according to the atomic delay so that the flame effect will be synchronized with the music. T�P The parameters flame duration, atomic effect and step delay can also be programmed remotely, which is very convenient, either with the controller PFC Advanced or the Galaxis PYROTEC Composer software in conjunction with the wireless USB modem 'PFM Advanced'. Furthermore, you can and erform remote data re uest. 16.3.6.5 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Delete' Terminalprogr. : All possibly programmed durations (T), all atomic effects (A) and all step Delete delays (D) in the memory of the G-Flame will be deleted with this function. Are you � Yes After activating 'Mode'this safety request is being displayed and you can sure? � rro start the deletion process with 'Up'. The memory has This message is being displayed after deleting the memory, which only been deleted! takes a short moment. Subsequently the device return to the submenu of the terminal programming. 63 17 Receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode Right after switching on and after the safety timer has elapsed the device enters the receiving or respectively the ready to fire mode. Flame effects and bi-directional remote access functions are only possible in this operation mode. If wireless communications is being used we are speaking of receiving mode. Otherwise it is called ready to fire mode. Which information is being displayed in this mode is depending on the selected control method. In the following chapter we will describe which messages are being displayed one after another. In general, first the selected control method is being displayed, followed by additional screens regarding the operation status and settings. 17.1 Displayed information during receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode, that appears in all operation modes 17.1.1 Information which control method has been selected Depending on the selected control variant one of the following screens is being displayed: Input: Wireless Input: Cable (PFC or PFS) (RS485 of PFC) � Input: Firing � �Input: 12-24V \ Input: DMX512 Key (Contact) F:003_, S:012x The programmed flame channel and safety channel is being displayed if DMX512 has been chosen as an input ('F'= Flame channel, 'S'= Safety channel). In addition, the status of the safety channel or respectively of the DMX reception is being displayed. 'x' means that either no signal is being received or that the value of the safety channel is not within the previously configured range (=generation of flame effects is not enabled). '✓'after the safety channel indicated that a DMX signal is being received and that a value within the previously configured range is being received for the safety channel (=device armed). �Input: DMx512 This example shows the display content if the device is armed by the safety F:0 03 0, s:012� channel (noticeable by the '✓'after the safety channel) and if the flame channel has activated a flame effect (flame symbol next to the flame channel). 17.1.2 Tilt switch on/off and its status Tilt switch: on In general, it is being displayed if the tilt switch has been enabled or not and status: ox the status of the tilt switch. The tilt switch is enabled in this example, i.e. the flame effect will be terminated if already in progress or flame effects will be disabled if the device is tilted by more than 45°. Status OK means that the G-Flame is not tilted by more than 45° and the generation of flame effects is enabled. Tilt switch: on Here the device is tilted by more than 45° and flame effects will be Status: >45° terminated if this condition is detected during a flame effect and the fuel valves will remain closed if the tilt angle is exceeded in the moment of triggering an effect. 64 Tilt Switch: off The tilt switch has been turned off in the menu. The G-Flame will ignore a status: >45° tilt angle of more than 45° and flames will be generated, no matter how much the device is being tilted. 17.1.3 Flame monitoring on/off Flame Here the flame monitoring system has been deactivated in the menu. The monitoring: on device is measuring the ionization of the flame immediately after the beginning of the ignition phase to determine if the flame is really burning and if it has been completely ignited. If no flame is being detected for more than one second the fuel valves will be closed. Flame In this example the flame monitoring has been disabled in the menu of the monitoring: Off device. 17.2 Display of special information and behavior of the device in the receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode if 'Wireless (PFC or PFS)' or 'Cable (RS485 of PFC)' has been selected as control method After the selected control method, the status of the tilt switch and the flame monitoring system will be displayed. Right after that the following screens will be visible: 17.2.1 Status information regarding firing mode and hazard zone Firing Mode: off The status of the firing mode is being displayed (on or off). Please note in xazard zone: x� this context that the device is assuming that the firing mode is disarmed at the controller when being switched on. If the G-Flame is powered after the firing mode has been armed 'off'will be displayed nevertheless. Furthermore, this wrong usage leads to the detection of a radio interference because the G-Flame interprets the signal of the controller as an interference. In addition, the hazard zone the device has been assigned to plus if this zone is active or not is being displayed ('✓' =active, 'x' = inactive). The hazard zone is active by default after powering up the device and must be deactivated by a command from the controller if necessary. If the status of one of these parameters is changing the device immediately jumps to this screen and in addition the display backlight is switched on, if it has been enabled in the menu. TI P Every time the firing mode is turned on or off the controller transmits this information to the receiver. If the status of the firing mode is being changed the G-Flame can only display the current status of the firing mode correctly if they are in the receiving mode and within radio covera e. TIP If the firing mode is being switched off all possibly opened electromagnetic fuel valves are closed (command 'Firing mode off'). In addition, all stepping sequences that are currently in progress are terminated, provided that the G-Flames are within radio range and that this information is bein received. 65 17.2.2 Display of the device ID number �Dev. iD No. for � Then the device ID number for bi-directional communication which has bidir. comm. : 15 been assigned to this device is being displayed. 17.2.3 Display of inessages The following messages are possible if the Advanced wireless communication module is being used. If enabled in the menu the display backlight is switched on, too, so that it becomes apparent which device is displaying a message. Transmitting A remote access is currently in progress. The device is transmitting data to data. . . the controller or the wireless USB modem. writing A remote access is currently in progress and data is written to the memory data. . . of the G-Flame. xemaining Range: A radio range test is currently in progress and the result is being displayed 50 0 (no bi-directional remote access but a range test as it is can be conducted with the PFS Profi or PFS Pocket and as it has been also implemented in the PFC Advanced to provide downward compatibility to devices of the Profi series). Fire This is being displayed when firing commands are being received. If a flame Channel: 999 effect has been programmed for the firing cue the yellow 'Flame' LED goes on in addition or it starts to flash if a step sequence is in progress. RF Channel: 69 The G-Flame received the command to change the radio frequency. The = 434.775 Mxz new radio channel and the frequency is being displayed. 17.2.4 Programming of the system ID The G-Flame can be taught to different systems ID, just as it is possible with the Advanced receivers. This procedure is called 'Teach-In'and is used if systems are split into several ones or if devices are lent or rented out to other customers. After the return of the devices they can be e.g. taught to the original system ID again. To teach-in a system ID 'Up' must be activated while the device is in receiving mode and then the command for the teach-in must be sent. Immediately after that the following confirmation message is being displayed: Teach-zn � The device will automatically return to the receiving mode after this successful message. 17.2.5 Setting and loading default settings If required, you can reset all settings to default values with a single command after previous configuration. This is useful, for example, if the device was rented out and is to be reset to defined default settings after being taken back. To determine which values are to be defined as default settings, you need two magnetic pins. Please proceed as follows: With the device switched off, activate 'Mode' and 'Down' at the same time. 66 �Specify �Yes� Confirm the prompt by activating 'Up'. Defaults? �No Navigate through the menu and define your desired default settings. After exiting the menu, the values are saved in the memory and can be loaded into the main memory as described in the next step. If you then want to reset the device to default settings, proceed as follows: With the device switched off, activate 'Mode' and 'Up'at the same time. rset to �Yes Confirm the prompt by activating 'Up'. `defaults? �No Device has been ` As soon as the device has been reset to default settings, this is set to defaults indicated on the display with a corresponding message. 17.2.6 Performing a field strength calibration Your device is calibrated at the factory when it is delivered. However, it may be necessary for you to calibrate the field strength yourself: 1.) You perform a firmware update yourself. In doing so, a field strength calibration is only necessary if one has never taken place before. 2.) The device is operated under extreme climatic conditions (very high or very low ambient temperatures), which may require temperature compensation in the form of field strength calibration. ca1. Field I Yes If you perform a firmware update and no calibration has taken place Strength? No before, the device prompts you for calibration during startup. You can skip the prompt, but in this case, inaccurate or erroneous field strength readings may occur. Calibration is therefore strongly recommended. To perform the calibration, you need a PFC Advanced, hereinafter referred to as the 'auxiliary device'. Please follow the steps below: 1.) Make sure that you are in an environment with the lowest possible radio interference. 2.) The G-Flame must be set to the same radio channel and the same system ID as the auxiliary device. The antenna on the G-Flame must be removed. 3.) Switch on the auxiliary device. 4.) Follow the steps on the display of the G-Flame. During calibration, errors may occur in the event of problems with the hardware, incorrect operation or due to external influences, so that the calibration is aborted. In any case, an error message with the corresponding error code will be displayed. In this case, please contact us in order to carry out an error analysis. calibration Once the calibration has been successfully performed, you will see the succesful adjacent screen. You can now switch off the auxiliary device. The calibration values have now been permanently stored in the memory. 17.2.7 The monitoring function Radio Interference The G-Flames are monitoring their frequency permanently. An interference is present if an external carrier with a signal strength of more than 30% in respect to 100% maximum signal strength of the system is present for more than 45 seconds. 67 xadio This message is appearing if a radio interference has been detected. If the Interference! display backlight has been activated the display will be illuminated periodically, too. In this case it is advisable to check if the G-Flame has been installed close to a strong source of interference. Therefore, enter the menu item 'Interfering Signal'and check if there is a higher value all the time. By stepping through the menu with the magnetic pen the warning 'Radio Interference'will be cleared. The device is always ready for use even if you do not clear this warning message. TIP If you switch on a G-Flame while the transmitter is in the firing mode the G-Flame will display the warning message 'Radio Interference'soon. The PFS Profi, PFS Pocket and the PFC Advanced are transmitting continuously (i.e. they are active carriers) if they are in the firing mode. If you change from normal mode to firing mode the controllers are telling the receivers that a continuous and intended transmission will follow. If a G-Flame has been switched on after this or was in the menu while this signal has been sent it will interpret the signal of the own transmitter as an interferin si nal. TIP You can select another frequency in the menu of the device if the used radio channel is busy or if there is an interference. Of course, you have to select the same frequency also at the controller and all other receivers if additional devices are in use (only possible with Advanced series). TIP The frequency (i.e. radio channel) can also be changed remotely with the controller PFC Advanced or the wireless USB modem PFM Advanced. TIP Using the controller PFC Advanced the warning 'Radio Interference'and the level of interference can even be checked remotely. 68 18 Switching off If possible, you should switch off the device only if it is currently not in the menu. You may switch it off anytime if it is in receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode or if the safety timer is counting down. Otherwise changes of parameters in the concerned menu item will not be saved. You should also not switch it off while a remote programming or a remote check is performed by the Advanced wireless module. Press the main switch to switch off the device. CAUTION Strong heating of the device during operation During operation, the following parts of the device can heat up considerably: • the casing, in particular the parts forming the combustion chamber • the electrode cage � • the ignition electrodes • the electrode for ionization measurement 2.4.4 Do not touch these parts until they have cooled down sufficiently and the 2 5 1 unit is switched off. Alternatively, you can also power down the unit by using the emergency off input, i.e. by opening the electrical contact that is connected to this input. In principle the main switch and the emergency off switch are wired in series. Please note when powering down the device with the emergency off input that still there is a small power consumption. Due to that you should also switch off the device with the main switch if the device is not used for a longer time. The usage of the emergency off input is very recommendable to power down the device with sufficient safety distance and then activate the main switch. Especially when using DMX512 we recommend this procedure because this control signal contains no safety measures. 19 Command 'Firing mode off' If you operate the Advanced wireless module you can send the command 'Firing mode off'. This command is always being sent when the firing mode is disabled. If this command is being received opened electromagnetic fuel valves are closed, the electrical ignition is switched off and step sequences - if in progress - are terminated, provided that the device is within radio range. 69 20 Radio range If the standard antenna is used under good conditions the range is 800 m and can be increased up to 2.000 m by using the antenna Superscan 70 or Superscan 71. Higher radio range is available on request. It is a general rule that the higher the antenna is positioned the better the reception will be. Please do not hesitate to ask our personnel for more information about the various possibilities of range improvement. TIP An antenna extension cable should be used for the Superscan 70 or Superscan 71 in order to mount the antenna separated to ensure that the enerated flame cannot dama e the antenna. TIP Do not use the high gain antennas Superscan 70 and Superscan 71 together with the remote access functions because in this mode the device is also transmittin data and the radio a roval would be voided. 20.1 Radio Range Test The remote access functions of the controller PFC Advanced make very convenient radio range tests possible because the signal strength of both devices (signal back and forth) are displayed at the controller. If you want to read the test result at the G-Flame or if you work with the transmitter PFS Profi or PFS Pocket the radio range test can also be done the conventional way. After starting the test procedure, the G-Flames will for example display the following text: (Remaining Range: This result means that the distance to the transmitter can be approximately � 50$ doubled until the signal will be too low. In general, you should try to achieve at least a signal level of 30%. 21 Remote access If the device has been accessed remotely via the wireless link or the serial data cables one of the following text messages will be displayed depending whether data is being read from the device or data is being written to the memory of the G-Flame: Transmitting The device is transmitting while the controller or the wireless USB modem is data. . . receiving data. writing The controller or the wireless USB modem is transmitting data which is data. . . written to the memory of the G-Flame. If the radio channel is being changed by a remote command the new radio channel and the frequency in MHz is being displayed: RF Channel: 69 = 434.775 MHz 70 22 Operation time As soon as the device is in operation power is consumed from the internal battery. If this accumulator is totally charged and has the full capacity of 7,000 mAh 30%of energy will be left after an operation time as stated below. Continuous operation is possible if the device is being charged permanently. The values have been calculated assuming that the Advanced wireless module is installed, which consumes energy in addition, and that the fuel valves are opened for a total time of three minutes during the application. Operation mode Maximum operation time Control with firing key input 110 h Control with voltage input 110 h Wireless control 110 h Control via serial data cables (RS485) 70 h Control via DMX on cables 70 h Control via DMX and supply of wireless DMX Pens with a current consumption of typically 0.65A @ 5VDC 10 h TI P Please be aware of the fact that the rechargeable battery is losing capacity over the life time. The achievable operation time depends on the actual capacity of the particular battery. You can determine the capacity of the batteries b startin the batter measurement function in the menu. 71 23 Installation of accessories DANGER Use of non-original accessories or operation without specified components The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed, if non-original accessories and components are used. All specified parts must be used to operate the device (e.g. pressure reducer). • Use only components and accessories approved by the , manufacturer. • Use all components specified by the manufacturer. 2.3.7 23.1 Installation of the Advanced wireless module The Advanced wireless module can be retrofitted by the user himself if the G-Flame has not been equipped with this optional feature when initially ordering the device. 23.1.1 Installation of the hardware Open the side panel (cover lid) of the device. Then remove the blind cover of the antenna socket on the upper side of the device by opening the two screws. Afterwards you can insert the BNC feed through socket and mount it with the same screws. The wireless module will be mounted with two screws that have already been installed in the device. These screws have been secured with two self-locking nuts and you will find them on the side of the housing in the device near the connector which is intended to plug in the wireless module. Open the two self-locking nuts and remove the screws. Insert the wireless module in the 25pin connector (25pin S-Sub socket) which can be found on the front side of the printed circuit board which is installed in the device. The wireless module comes with two inserted nuts which will lay exactly behind the holes in the housing once the module is completely inserted. Mount the wireless module by using the screws which you removed before. Then you have to connect the BNC feed trough socket with the BNC connector of the wireless module by using the short piece of antenna cable with a BNC connector on each end which has been supplied with the module. Insert and close the cover lid and press it against the housing so that the latching mechanism is holding it in position. Every time you want to control the device wirelessly the supplied antenna must be installed. 72 23.1.2 Software installation of the Advanced wireless module After the wireless module (hardware) has been installed the software installation routine can be carried out. By doing so the microcontroller of the G-Flame is notified that the wireless module is now connected to the main board and the behavior of the firmware is changing accordingly. Switch on the G-Flame while you activate the sensor fields 'Up' and 'Down' by using two magnetic pens until you see this being displayed: wireless option: You may select between 'On'and 'Off'with 'Up' and 'Down'. Off �wireless option:� Select 'On' in order to install the module, then activate 'Mode'. On Right after that the following ticker will be displayed: CCall the Galaxis office and tell the token. You will receive the activation code. Continue with Mode. � If you now activate 'Mode'a random eight-digit sequence of numbers will be generated and displayed, the so called token. Tell us this token on the phone and will give you the corresponding activation code. TI P You may speed up the ticker by activating the 'Mode' sensor field and keeping it activated. The sequence is as follows: Token: Example of a token being displayed. This screen is being displayed 53582820 sufficiently long so that you can tell us the token on the phone. code? Then you see this request to enter the activation code which you will : receive from Galaxis on the phone. With 'Up'and 'Down'you can change the digits. If you see the correct number being displayed activate 'Mode'to proceed. A '0'can be entered the easiest by activating 'Mode'without activating 'Up'or 'Down' before. code? ox The activation code, which has also eight digits, has been accepted 442325020 und the deep discharge counter has been reset to zero. No more warning message will be displayed any more until the next occurrence. code? x A wrong activation code has been entered and the code was not 54232502000 accepted. Switch off the G-Flame and repeat the procedure. 73 23.2 De-installation of the wireless module TIP Before you remove the wireless-module, it must be deactivated in the software of the device. Otherwise the device can no longer be operated because the attem t to initialize the wireless module is failin . 23.2.1 De-installation of the wireless module in the software Switch on the G-Flame while you activate the sensor fields 'Up' and 'Down' by using two magnetic pens until you see this being displayed: wireless option: You may select between 'On'and 'Off'with 'Up' and 'Down'. On wireless option: Select 'Off' in order to de-install the module, then activate 'Mode'. Off After this 'Attention!' is being displayed in the upper line of the screen and below you will be able to read the following ticker text: Reinstallation is only possible with support on the phone during the Galaxis office hours! Subsequently the following safety request will be displayed: �Are you � Yes Activate 'Up' if you really want to de-install the wireless module now. sure? � rro Otherwise you can select 'Down'to exit the sequence. Immediately after selecting either 'Yes' or 'No'the device enters the ready to fire mode. 23.2.2 De-installation of the hardware You can remove the wireless module by following the steps described in the section 'Installation of the hardware' in reverse order. 23.30ptional accessory: Power Upgrade The Power Upgrade is an optional accessory. It consists of a gas cartridge holder with an additional quick-coupler which is used to connect the already existing cartridge holder. Furthermore, a housing extension is supplied in order to cover the additional cartridges. The G-Flame Power Upgrade allows you to use not only two but four cartridges. By doing so a total flame height of approx. eight meters is achieved. The total flame duration remains the same as specified for two cartridges with XXL nozzle. 74 WARNING Fallout when using unspecified nozzles when operating the Power Upgrade The use of incorrect nozzles can lead to fallout, as well as fire on the ground due to burning liquid gas residues. • Use the nozzles as specified for the ambient temperature. � 2.3.12 Attention: The following nozzles have to be used in conjunction with the Power Upgrade: Ambient temperature: Specified nozzle: more than +5°C Nozzle for liquid as less than or e ual to +5°C XXL nozzle The recommended safety distances are as follows: 12 meters upwards and 6.5 meters sideways if the device is standing vertically on even ground. General notes regarding safety distances can be found in the section 'Safety distances' in this manual. 24 Usage in rainy conditions The device can also be used even in heavy rainfall. The housing protects the electronic circuits against the immersion of rain water, also if the rain hits the device sideways. If rain water accumulates in the burning chamber it will be able to drain off through a drilling and a hose. Ensure that this drilling and the hose is not blocked by dirt or foreign particles. It is prohibited to submerge the device into water or to operate it in any way that water enters the device from the bottom side. As soon as the high voltage ignition is switched on a very hot electrical arc is being generated and the fuel can be ignited without any problems even in heavy rainfall. Ensure that all wetness or moisture can dry off completely after each usage in the rain before you stow the devices in cartons, flight cases or similar. 75 25 Maintenance and service life WARNING Flammable atmosphere in/at the device When connecting or closing the gas containers, a flammable atmosphere could occur in/at the unit due to lose connections or leaks of the fuel- carrying components. An ignition spark could cause combustion or deflagration in/at the device. • Perform the pressure test of the fuel-carrying components as , required in this operating manual. • Make sure that the underside of the device (cutout) is not blocked. 2.2.1 • Large cutout at the underside of the device below the fuel- 2.3.4 carrying components, so that any escaping gas can be drained. 2 4 1 • Do not use the device if leaks are detected. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. At the latest with every third application, the user should spray the seals of the quick couplers and the can holder with silicone spray to ensure that they remain elastic and provide a durable leak tight seal. If the flame burns long after the valves close, the Teflon seal of the nozzles may need to be replaced or the nozzle is not screwed in sufficiently tight. The rechargeable batteries can be tested by the user himself (please refer to the chapter 'The menu item 'Battery measurement" in this manual). This device must be subjected to a leak test once a year. This can be carried out by the manufacturer or a specialist company for gas installations or heating engineers with additional qualification. The following test pressures should be used: Intended operation with aerosol cartridges or operation with gas bottles with gaseous phase: 10 bar Intended operation with gas bottles, liquid phase: 12 bar The holding time for both test variants is 15 minutes. However, maintenance by the manufacturer is highly recommended. We recommend this every 12 or 24 months, depending on how often the device is used. In tour operation or for more than 30 applications per year, we recommend maintenance every 12 months. The following work will be carried out: - Firmware update if newer software is available - Inspection and, if necessary, replacement of seals and O-rings - Lubrication of seals - Leak test with highly sensitive manometer - Individual testing of each magnetic valve on its own - Inspection and, if necessary, tightening of screws - Checking and, if necessary, repairing screw locking measures - Visual inspection of the circuit board and all electrical connections for corrosion or other damages requiring repair - Replacement of damaged or defective components - Cleaning of the device if necessary - Cleaning or replacing the micro filter - Complete function test including communication test - Check of the frequency deviation of the radio modules if installed - Adjusting the ignition electrodes and the ionization measurement electrode Regular maintenance ensures a long service life and provides the basis for reliable and safe operation. In general, it can be assumed that safe operation can no longer be guaranteed after five years without maintenance by the manufacturer or an authorized dealer. 76 All quick couplers (both sides), all gas hoses and all pressure reducers generally have a service life of only eight years. Have these parts replaced by the manufacturer before this period has expired. After 50,000 switching cycles, the magnetic valves should be replaced by the manufacturer. 26 Cleaning The device is very robust. Please take care that e.g. no burning or hot cinders from firework effects fall onto the device, because this may cause damage to the surfaces. Ensure that the device is switched off before you clean it. Use a piece of cloth that was moistened with water and at the most some dishwashing agent, for cleaning the device. Solvents, strong detergents and abrasives could damage the surfaces. Keep all electrical contacts always clean. Unburned carbon may accumulate at the ignition electrodes, the ionization measurement electrode and on the electrode cage. This is absolutely normal and does not impair the function of the device. If a lot of unburned carbon has accumulated, we recommend to clean the ignition electrodes and the electrode cage by using a soft brush. Pay attention not to bend the electrodes. In case that the soot cannot be removed this way moisten the brush with brake cleaner. The ionization measurement electrode can be cleaned by using a piece of cloth. The gap between the tips of the ignition electrodes should approx. 3 mm. All fuel-carrying components, such as the quick couplers, gas cartridge receptacles and the fittings on the hoses and pressure reducers, are not allowed to become dirty. Always keep them absolutely clean to prevent leakages. 27 Micro filter This device is equipped with a micro filter. This largely prevents dust particles or foreign particles from getting into the fuel valves and leading to malfunctions and leakages. Devices produced until September 2017 have a screwable fine filter. Before each use of the units, check that the O-ring is functional and that the filter is hand-tight and leak-proof. Devices produced since October 2017 have a permanently installed filter. This does not have to be checked for tightness. After frequent use over a longer period of time, the filter may have to be cleaned. This is usually recognizable by a lower flame height. In this case, please send the unit to the manufacturer to have the filter cleaned or replaced. Under certain circumstances it is possible that the manufacturer is instructing you how to clean the filter yourself. If devices are sent in for maintenance it can happen that it is necessary that the screwable filter is exchanged against the permanently installed filter. 77 28 Warranty The warranty period is 24 months. If there is any defect during in this period please pack the device properly and send it to the manufacturer with carriage paid to have it repaired free of charge. Please do not forget to attach a description of the symptoms, which have occurred. Warranty is excluded if the device was damaged due to wrong usage or excessive stress. Unauthorized repairs and the use of non-original parts will void all warranty, guarantee and product liability claims with immediate effect. 29 Damages caused by misusage, maloperation, malfunction The devices have been designed to generate flame effects. Discuss all other applications with the manufacturer before usage. In the case that one of the events stated above has happened we are only liable if the causation was within our range of influence. The devices have been developed, manufactured and tested to the best of our knowledge and belief. Especially the user's work must comply with the safety instructions and the instructions given in this manual at all times. A long test period and our practical experience proved that the devices operate very safe and reliable even if used in difficult conditions. 78 30 Technical data Radio parameters Frequency Band: 433.05 - 434.79 MHz EU version Maximum radio-frequency power transmitted: <=10 mW (if Advanced radio Channel Spacing: 25 kHz module is installed) Number of radio channels: 70 (433.050 - 434.775 MHz) Modulation: FM narrow band Frequency Shift: +/- 3 kHz Duty Cycle: <10% Radio equipment class according to 2014/53/EU (RED): 1 Radio equipment type: non-specific short-range device, transmitter and receiver (Transceiver) Receiver Category according to ETSI EN 300 220 V3.1.1: demanded by the application: 3 (lowest performance level), fulfilled by the device up to SN F100XXXX2699: 1.5 (second-best performance level), fulfilled by the device starting at SN F100XXXX2700: 1 (best performance level); The receiver category indicates how well the device can still receive radio protocols when strong signals are present on frequencies below and above the used frequency (blocking). Receiver Principle: Double superheterodyne Receiver Sensitivity: -119 dBm @ 12 dB SINAD Wave Length: 70 cm Standard antenna included in delivery: Center Frequency: 434 MHz Radiation Pattern: omnidirectional Radiator Length: Lambda/4, not coiled Antenna Gain: 0.00 dBd, 2.15 dBi Radio parameters Frequency Range: 458 -462.5 MHz US version License: FCC Part 90, FCC-ID: V9X-LMD400R (if Advanced radio Maximum radio-frequency power transmitted: <=10 mW module is installed) Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz Number of radio channels: 360 (458.0000 -462.5000 MHz) Modulation: FM narrow band Frequency Shift: +/- 3 kHz Receiver Principle: Double superheterodyne Receiver Sensitivity: -119 dBm @ 12 d6 SINAD Wave Length: 65 cm Standard antenna included in delivery: Center Frequency: 460 MHz Radiation Pattern: omnidirectional Radiator Length: Lambda/4, not coiled Antenna Gain: 0.00 dBd, 2.15 dBi Protocol parameters half-duplex, PCM with Manchestercoding, Checksum:40 Bit (if Advanced radio CRC, data rate approx. 2,500 bps module is installed Temperature range, Transport und storage: -30 to+70°C excluding fuels Operation: -20 to +65°C The maximum temperature difference between devices must not exceed 60 K in order to enable unimpaired radio communication. Optimal stora e temperature for lon est batter life: +10 to +20°C Humidity 10 - 90% rH, no condensation inside the device Allowable altitudes Storage and transport: -500 to 12,500 m above sea level Operation: -500 to 4,000 m I nition Electrical arc Number of 2, connected in series electroma netic valves 79 Functional principle of lonization measurement the flame monitoring system Dimensions (LxWxH) and weight, each without antenna: 300 x 300 x 350 mm; 10.50 kg Power supply and charging concept: 2 x 12 V, 7 Ah, sealed lead acid type rechargeable battery, PYROTEC charging device Supplied accessories, included in delivery of the device: 1 Charging unit 1 Magnetic pen 1 User manual The following parts are included in the gas cartridge option: - cartridge holder (T-piece with quick-coupler, two non-return valves and two shut-off valves) - special nozzle for cartridge operation, size XXL The following parts are included in the gas bottle option: - gas hose with a length of 5 m and a quick-coupler - pressure regulator 1-4 bar - special nozzle for gas bottle operation, gasiform phase When buying a G-Flame either the gas cartridge or the gas bottle option is included in the purchase price. The following parts are included if an Advanced wireless module is ordered: 1 standard antenna 1 BNC feedthrough socket to be installed in the housing of the G-Flame 1 antenna cable with two BNC connectors to establish the connection between the BNC antenna feedthrough and the Advanced wireless module The following parts are included in the optional Power Upgrade: 1 cartridge holder with two quick-couplers, to be used between G-Flame and standard cartridge holder 1 housing extension to cover all four cartridges The particular nozzles must be ordered separately if not at hand already. Charging unit: Mains volta e 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz Power consumption t p. 4.5 Watts Charging time Full charge within 30 h, no danger of overcharging, automatic trickle char e Dimensions L-W-H 80-74-29 mm Wei ht 0.07 k 80 31 Accessories Below is a list of original accessories that can be obtained from the manufacturer or authorized distributors at any time. The device may only be operated with these original accessories. Otherwise, all claims arising from warranty, guarantee and product liability will become void with immediate effect. Item No.: Description: 1496 Aerosol cartrid es for G-Flame 1341 Antenna extension cable 1 m 1342 Antenna extension cable 2m 1345 Antenna extension cable 5m 1343 BNC-BNC ada tor 10162 Back late for G-Flame 1498 Pressure regulator for gasiform phase. Operation with liquid phase strictly prohibited. Risk of accident! 1488 Nozzle for o eration with as cartrid es size S 1489 Nozzle for o eration with as cartrid es size M 1490 Nozzle for o eration with as cartrid es size L 1491 Nozzle for o eration with as cartrid es size XL 1492 Nozzle for o eration with as cartrid es size XXL 1493 Nozzle for o eration with as bottles, asiform hase 1494 Nozzle for o eration with as bottles, li uid hase 1206 Ext. firin ke with XLR cable, 1 Out ut 15003 Flame Bar, strai ht, len th 2m 15007 Flame Bar, octa on, diameter 48cm 1916 G-Flame Power U rade 1485 Gas cartrid es o tion for G-Flame 1484 Gas bottle option for G-Flame, incl. 5m gas hose with quick couplers, pressure reducer for gasiform phase, operation with liquid phase strictly prohibited: Risk of accidentl special nozzle for as bottles 1917 Gas hose for G-Flame 10m 1918 Gas hose for G-Flame 15m 1301 Char in unit Profi series 1311 Ma netic pen 1302 Multi char in unit for up to 10 Profi devices 15001 Emer enc Off Button 15000 Emer enc Off Splitter 16-wa 1499 Emer enc Off Splitter 8-wa 1320 Standard antenna 1322 Superscan 71, hi h ain antenna. Onl approved for bein used in receivin model 15020 LPG hose for liquefied as, proof pressure 75 bar, 1 m 15004 LPG hose for liquefied as, proof pressure 75 bar, 5m 10216 LPG hose for liquefied as, proof pressure 75 bar, 10m 1811 LPG hose extension for liquefied as, 1 m 1812 LPG hose extension for liquefied as, 5m 1813 LPG hose extension for liquefied as, 10m 1803 Gas hose adaptor for USA 1807 Extension for cartrid e holder 81 32 CE marking of the EU version The EU version of this device is marked with the CE logo: Each device intended for operation in the EU is accompanied by an EU Declaration of Conformity. 33 Address of the manufacturer and contact details for requesting an EU declaration of conformity Galaxis Showtechnik GmbH Lohgerberstr. 2 84524 Neuotting Germany Tel.: +49/8671 /73411 Fax: +49/8671 /73513 Homepage: www.galaxis-showtechnik.de E-Mail: info@galaxis-showtechnik.de Please use these contact details if you want to request an EU declaration of conformity. Each device intended for operation in the EU is accompanied by an EU Declaration of Conformity. lmage Engineering 5pecial Effects, Inc. 975 Vllhite Dri�e • Las Vegas, NV 8g 'I 'I 9 7�2.844,6�55 - • / . • ' • - � - - : • . . • - • Issue date:22.o8z2 Revision date:13•04•23 Version 1 ��; r . � -. Natural Fuel Cell Aerosol Safety Data Sheet Section 1: Identification of the substance/mixture and of the company/undertaking 1.1. Product identifier Product name Natural Fuel Cell Aerosol 5ooml (For Chameleon and Salamander machines) Product number 4002/GS0007N 1.2. Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture Identified Uses Professional use Uses Advised Against App�ications vvhich do not fulfil�the above-mentioned purpose. 1.3. Details of the su�plier of the safety data sheet Green Star, Steenpad 21H, 4797 SG Willemstad, Netherlands, TeL+31 168 473 194 Emai�: infona green-star.nL(competent person) Web: https://vvvuvv.green-star.nl 1.4. Emergency telephone Nos +31 168 473 194 During office hours: Mon-Fri og.00-17.00 United States Poison Centre, ChemTel Inc Te�: 1 800 255 3924 Internationa�: +1 813 248 0585 1of16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 Section 2: Hazards identification 2.1. Classification of the substance or mixture classification Classification according to OSHA"Hazard Communication Standard"(2g CFR 1g1o.1200) Section: B.3 Hazard Class; Flammable Aerosol Category:l Hazard Class&Category: F�am.AerosoL 1 Hazard statement: H222 Section: B.5 Hazard Class; Gases under pressure Category:C Hazard Class&Category: Press. Gas C Hazard statement: H280 Additional information For full text of H-phrases, see Section 16 2z Label elements Labelling according to OSHA"Hazard Communication Standard" (zg CFR 1g1o.1200) Hazard pictograms � �. GH502 GH504 Signal Word Danger Hazard statements H222 Extremely flammable aerosol. HZ8o Contains gas under pressure; may explode if heated. Precautionary statements: P210 Keep avvay from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, naked flames and other ignition sources. Do not smoke, P211 Do not spray on a naked flame or other ignition source. P251 Pressurized container. Do not pierce or burn, even after use. P41o+P4o3 Protect from sunlight, Store in a vvell-ventilated place. P41o+P412 Protect from sunlight, Do not expose to temperatures exceeding 50°C/12z°F. 2of16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 � Otherhazards There is no additional information. Results of PBT and vPvB assessment Does not contain any substances that are assessed to be PBT or vPvB>o.s% Endocrine disrupting properties Does not contain an endocrine disruptor(EDC) in a concentration of>o.s% Section 3:Composition/information on ingredients � Substances Not relevant(mixture), 3z. Mixtures This product does not contain (other) ingredients vcihich are classified according to present knovciLedge of the supplier and contribute to the classification of the product, and hence require reporting in this section. Substance Identifier Wt% GHS Classification Pictograms Notes name CAS No Propane 74-g8-6 2g-<5o sA OSHAooz /'��f,�\ U(b) Ffam.Gas 1 HzzO V� Press.Gas C H28o Butane 1o6-g7-8 50-<75 F(am.Gas 1 H22o �� U(b) Press.Gas C H28o Notes U(b) The a��ocation to the group'compressed gas'is based on the physical state in�r✓hich the gas is packaged. Additional information All percentages given are percentages by vveight unless stated otherWise. For full text of H-phrases see Section 16, 3of16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 Section 4: First aid measure .�1. Description of first aid measures General information Do not Leave affected person unattended and remove from the danger area. If unconscious, p�ace in the recovery position. Never give anything by mouth. Remove a�l contaminated clothing immediate�y. If case of doubt, or if symptoms persist, seek medical attention immediately. After inhalation Provide fresh air. In case of shortness of breath or if breathing has stopped, seek medica�attention immediately and administer first aid. In case of respiratory tract irritation, consuLt a doctor, After skin contact Wash off immediately vciith plenty of soap and vvater.Thavci frosted parts vciith lukevciarm vvater, Do not rub affected area. If a rash or skin irritation occurs, seek medical attention, After eye contact Rinse eye(s)thoroughly With plenty of clean,fresh vvater for at least 15 minutes, holding eyelids apart, Remove any contact lenses if present and if this can be done safely, Continue to rinse, If eye irritation persists, consult an eye specialist as soon as possible, After svciallovciing Rinse mouth thoroughly vvith vciater if person is conscious. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. If feeling unvvell, cal�a doctor immediately. .�2. Most important symptoms and effects,both acute and delayed Symptoms and effects are not knovvn to date. � Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed For specialist advice, medical doctors should contact the poison centre. Section 5: Firefighting measures � Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing agents Use vvater spray or dry chemical extinguishers. Firefighting measures should be appropriate to surroundings. For safety reasons,unsuitable Water jet extinguishing agents �.2 S�ecial hazards arisings from the substance or mixture Contact vciith the product can cause burns and/or frostbite. Hazardous combustion products Contains gas under pressure; may explode if heated, 4 of 16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 � Advice for firefighters In case of fire and/or explosion, do not inhale fumes. Firefighting measures should be chosen in accordance vciith surroundings. Co�lect contaminated firevvater separate�y and do not allovv to enter drains or vvater courses. Fight fire from a safe distance and�whi�e taking usual precautions. Special protective equipment for firefighters Self-contained breathing apparatus(SCBA)and standard protective cLothing for firefighters. Section 6:Accidental release measures 6.1 Personal precautions,protective equipment and emergency_procedures Non-emergency personnel Remove peopLe to safety and keep avvay from and upvciind of spil�/leak.Ventilate affected area. Emergency personnel Wear breathing apparatus if exposed to vapours/dust/aerosols/gases. Wear personal protective equipment/face protection. 6_2 Environmental precautions Keep avciay from drains, surface and ground vciater. Collect and dispose of contaminated firevciater, � Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up Advice on hovci to contain a spill Covering of drains. Other information relating to spills and releases Place in appropriate containers for disposal.Ventilate affected area, Reference to other sections See Section 5 for hazardous combustion products. See Section 8 for personal protective equipment. See Section so for incompatible materials, See Section 13 for disposal considerations, Section 7: Handling and storage L Precautions for safe handlinq Recommended measures to prevent fire as vcrell as aerosol and dust generation Use �ocal and genera� ventilation and restrict use to vcie�l-venti�ated areas on�y. Ground/bond container and receiving equipment. Advice on occupational hygiene Wash hands after use. Do not eat, drink or smoke in vvork areas. Remove a�l contaminated cLothing and protective equipment before entering eating areas. Never keep food or drink in the vicinity of chemica�s. Never p�ace chemicals in containers that are usually used for food and drink. Keep avciay from food, drink and animal foodstuffs, 5of16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 L Conditions for safe storage,including any incompatibilities Management of associated risks - Flammabi�ity hazards Keep a�way from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, naked flames and other ignition sources. Do not smoke. Take precautionary measures against static discharge. Do not spray on a naked flame or other ignition source. Protect from sun�ight. - Incompatible substances or mixtures Keep avciay from acids, a�ka�is and oxidizing substances. Control of effects - Protect from external exposure such as high temperatures and UV-radiation/sunlight, Other considerations - Store in a vciell-ventilated place. Keep containers tightly sealed. - Only store in original packaging/containers. 7.3 Specific end use(s) There is no additional information. Section 8: Exposure controls/personal protection 8_s. Control parameters National limit values Occupational exposure limit values (Workplace Exposure Limits) Country Name of agent CAS No Identifier TWA TWA STEL STEL Notation Source [ppml [mg/m31 [ppml [mg/m31 US n-butane 1o6-g7-8 TLVOO 1,000 E ACGIHOO 2022 US propane 74-98-6 PEL i,000 i,800 zg CFR igio.i000 US propane 74-g8-6 TLVOO oxygen, ACGIHOO Simple 2022 Asp.,E Notation E explosive oxygen adequate oxygen delivery to the tissues is necessary for sustaining life. Simple Asp. simple asphyxiants STEL short-term exposure limit:a�imit va�ue above vvhich exposure should not occur and vvhich is related to a 15- minute period(un�ess othervvise specified) TWA time-vveighted average(long-term exposure limit):measured or calculated in relation to a reference period of 8 hours'time-vveighted average(un�ess othervvise specified). 6of16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 Relevant DNELs/DMELs/PNECs and other threshold levels No data available. 8.2. Exposure controls Appropriate engineering controls General ventilation, Personal protective equipment - Eve/face protection � Use safety goggLes vciith side protection '�' - Skin protection � Chemical protective c�othing - Hand protection � Wear suitable gloves, Suitability not only depends on the material but also on ' further marks of quality and varies from manufacturer to manufacturer, As the product is a preparation of several substances, the resistance of the glove material cannot be calculated in advance and has therefore to be checked prior to the application. - Tvpe of material NitriLe rubber. - Material thickness Use gloves vvith a minimum material thickness of>o.38mm - Breakthrouah time of the alove material Use gloves vvith a minimum breakthrough time of the glove material of>480 minutes(permeation level 6), - Other protection measures Take recovery periods for skin regeneration. Use of preventative skin protection e.g. barrier creams or ointments, is recommended. Wash hands thoroughly after use. Provision of eyeWash stations and safety shoWers in the Workp�ace. Respiratory protection During spraying, vciear suitable respiratory equipment, In poorly ventilated areas,vvear respiratory protection, Type:ABEK-Pz(combined filters against gases, vapours and particles, colour code: Brovvn/Grey/Yellovci/Green/White), Observe the OSHA respirator regulations cited in 2g CFR Zg1o,134 and use NIOSH/MSHA approved respirators, Environmental exposure controls Take appropriate precautions to avoid uncontrolled release into the environment. Keep avciay from drains, surface and ground Water. Section g: Physical and chemical properties .c�s. Information on basic physical and chemical properties Physical state Aerosol(spray aerosol) Colour Various Particle Not re�evant(aerosoU Odour Characteristic 7of16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 Melting/freezing point -187,6�C at Z,o13 hPa calculated value, referring to a component of the mixture Boiling point/initial boiling -161,5°C at 1.013 hPa calculated value referring to a point/boiling range component of the mixture Flammability Flammable aerosol in accordance vvith GHS criteria Explosive limits LEL: 5 vol% UEL: 15 vo�% calcu�ated vaLue, referring to a component of the mixture Flash point -88.6°C at s.o13 hPa(fluid)ca�culated value Evaporation rate Not determined Auto-ignition temperature 537°C (auto-ignition temperature(�iquid and gases)) calculated value referring to a component of the mixture Decomposition temperature No data available pH(value) Not determined Solubility Not determined n-octanol/vciater(log KOW) No available information Vapour pressure Not determined Density Not determined Vapour density No avai�ab�e information Viscosity Not relevant(aerosol) Kinematic viscosity Not relevant Explosive properties None Oxidising properties None c�.2 Other information There is no additional information. Propellant content s00% Temperature class TZ(maximum permissibLe surface temperature on (USA,acc.to NEC 500) the equipment:45o°C) Section so: Stability and reactivity so.s Reactivitv The mixture contains reactive substance(s). Risk of ignition. If heated, danger of explosion. Gas under pressure, Danger of bursting container. 10.2 Chemical stabilitv The material is stab�e under norma�ambient and anticipated storage and hand�ing conditions of temperature and pressure, 8of16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 10.3 Possibility of hazardous reactions No knoWn hazardous reactions. 10.4 Conditions to avoid Do not spray on a naked flame or other ignition source, Keep avvay from heat, Hints to prevent fire or explosion Protect from sunlight. 10.5 Incompatible materials Oxidizers. so.6 Hazardous decomposition products Reasonab�y anticipated hazardous decomposition products produced as a result of use, storage, spi�l and heating are not knovvn. Hazardous combustion products: see Section 5. Section 11:Toxicological information 11.1 Information on toxicological effects Test data for the comp�ete mixture are not avai�abLe. Classification procedure The method for classification of the mixture is based on ingredients of the mixture(additivity formula). Classification according to OSHA"Hazard Communication Standard"(2g CFR sgso.l2o0) Acute toxicity Shal�not be c�assified as acute�y toxic. Skin corrosion/irritation Shall not be classified as corrosive/irritant to skin Serious eye damage/eye irritation Shal�not be cLassified as seriously damaging to the eye or eye irritant Respiratory or skin sensitisation Shal�not be cLassified as a respiratory or skin sensitiser Germ cell mutagenicity Shall not be classified as germ cell mutagenic Carcinogenicity Shal�not be cLassified as carcinogenic Reproductive toxicity Shall not be classified as a reproductive toxicant Specific target organ toxicity- Shal�not be cLassified as a specific target organ toxicant- single exposure (sing�e exposure) Specific target organ toxicity- Shal�not be cLassified as a specific target organ toxicant- repeated exposure (repeated exposure) Aspiration hazard Shall not be classified as presenting an aspiration hazard 9of16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 11.2 Information on other hazards Endocrine disrupting properties Does not contain an endocrine disruptor(EDC)in a concentration of>0.1% Section 12: Ecological information 12.1 TOXICItV Shall not be classified as hazardous to the aquatic environment. Aquatic toxicity(acute)of components of the mixture Substance name CAS No. Endpoint Value Species Exposure time Propane 74-98-6 LCSo 4g.g mg/( Fish g6 h Propane 74-98-6 ECgo zg.37 mg/( A(gae g6 h Butane 1o6-g7-8 LCgo 4g,g mg/( Fish g6 h Butane 1o6-g7-8 ECgo zg.37mg/f A(gae g6h Biodegradation The reLevant substances of the mixture are readily biodegradable. 12.2 Persistence and degradability No available data. 12.3 Bioaccumulative potential No availabLe data. 12.4 Mobility in soil No availabLe data. 12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment Does not contain any substances that are assessed to be PBT or vPvB>0.1%. 12.6 Endocrine disrupti�properties Does not contain an endocrine disruptor(EDC) in a concentration of>0,1%. 12. Other adverse effects No available data. Section 13: Disposal considerations � Waste treatment methods Sevcrage disposal-relevant information Do not empty into drains, Avoid release to the environment, 10 of 16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 Waste treatment of containers/packaging Comp�etely empty packaging may be recycled. Hand�e contaminated packaging in the same vvay as the substance itself. Remarks P�ease adhere to the relevant nationa� or regional policies. Waste should be separated into categories manageable by �ocal or nationa�vciaste management facilities. Section 14:Transport information � UN number or ID number DOT UN 1950 IMDG-Code UN Z95o ICAO-TI UN Z95o 14,2 UN proper shi�ping name DOT Aerosols each not exceeding 1 l capacity IMDG-Code AEROSOLS ICAO-TI Aerosols, flammable 14.3 Transport hazard class(es) DOT 2.1 IMDG-Code 2.1 ICAO-TI 2.1 14.4 Packinqgro� Not assigned 14.5 Environmental hazards Non-environmentally hazardous according to the dangerous goods regulations 14.6 Special precautions for user There is no additional information. 14•7 Maritime transport in bulk according to IMO instruments No availab�e data. Information for each of the UN Model Regulations Transport of danaerous aoods by road or rail(4�CFR US DOT) - additional information Particulars in the shipper's UN195o,Aerosols 2.1 declaration Danger label(s) 2.1 Special provisions(SP) N82 ERG No 126 11 of 16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG) - additional information Marine pollutant - Danger label(s) 2.1 � Special provisions(SP) 63, sg0, 277. 327, 344� 381. 959 Excepted quantities(EQ) EO Limited quantities(LQ> 1 l EmS F-D, S-U StoWage category - International Civil Aviation Oraanization (ICAO-IATA/DGR) - additional information Danger label(s) 2.1 � Special provisions(SP) A245, A167 Excepted quantities(EQ) Eo Limited quantities(LQ) 30 kg Section 15: Regulatory information 15.1 Safety,health and environmental regulations/legislation for the product in question National Regulations(United States) Toxic Substance Control Act(TSCA) ALl ingredients are �isted. Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act(SARA TITLE III) The List of Extremely Hazardous Substances and Their Threshold Planninq Quantities (EPCRA Section 302, 304) None of the ingredients are �isted. Specific Toxic Chemical Listings(EPCRA Section �1�) None of the ingredients are �isted. Comprehensive Environmental Response,Compensation,and Liability Act(CERCLA) List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities(CERCLA section so2a)(4o CFR �02.4) None of the ingredients are listed. 12 of 16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 Clean Air Act Name of substance CAS No Type of registation Basis for listing Threshold quantity(lbs) Butane Zo6-g7-8 Rammable substance f Zo,000 Propane 74-g8-6 F(ammabfe substance f 10,000 Leqend f Flammab�e gas Right to KnoW Hazardous Substance List Cleaning Product Right to KnoW Act Substance List(CA-RTK) Name acc.to inventory CAS No Functionality Authoritative Lists Butane so6-g7-8 EC Annex VI CMRs-Cat.zA (containing=o,s%butadiene(zo3-450-8)J EC Annex Vl CMRs-Cat.18 Toxic or Hazardous Substance List(MA-TURA) None of the ingredients are listed. Hazardous Substances List(MN-ERTK) Name acc.to inventory CAS No References Remarks Butane 1o6-g7-8 A A(hanes N Propane 74-g8-6 A,O A(hanes N Gases,Simpfe Asphyxiants A Gases Legend A American Conference of Governmental Industria�Hygienists(ACGIH),"Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents and Bio�ogica�Exposure Indices for lggz-g3",available from ACGIH. Gases Refers to disp�acement of air asphyxiation hazard. N Nationa�Institute for Occupational Safety and Health(NIOSH),"Recommendations for Occupational Safety and Health Standards,"Au-gust sg88,avai�able from NIOSH,Publications Dissemination Office,Division of Standards Development and Technology Transfer. O Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA),Safety and Health Standards,Code of Federal Regulations,title 2g,part Zg1o,subpart Z,"Toxic and Hazardous Substances,lggo."General information: Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry,Occupational Safety and Health Division. Hazardous Substance List(NJ-RTK) Name acc.to inventory CAS No Remarks Classifications Butane 1o6-g7-8 Fq Propane 74-98-6 F4 Legend F4 F�ammable-Fourth Degree 13 of 16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 Hazardous Substance List(Chapter�2�) (PA-RTK) Name acc.to inventory CAS No Classification Butane 1o6-g7-8 Propane 74-98-6 Hazardous Substance List(RI-RTK) Name of substance CAS No References Butane Zo6-g7-8 T,F Propane 74-98-6 T Le� F Flammability(NFPAO) T Toxicity(ACGIHO) California Environmental Protection Agency(Cal/EPA): Proposition 65-Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of sg87 None of the ingredients are �isted. Industry or sector specific available guidance(s)NPCA-HMISO III Hazardous Materials Identification System.American Coatings Association. Category Rating Description Chronic / None Heafth o No significant rish to hea(th F(ammabi(ity 4 Materia(that rapidfy or compfetely vaporizes at atmospheric pressure and normal ambient temperature or that is readify dispersed in air and burns readify. Physica(hazard o Materia(that is norma((y stab(e,even under fire conditions,and Wi(f not react With Water,pofymerize,decompose,condense,or se(f react.Non-exp(osive. Persona(protection - NFPAOO 704 National Fire Protection Association: Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response(United States). Category Degree of hazard Description Ffammabifity 4 Materiaf that rapidfy or compfete(y vaporizes at atmospheric pressure and normaf ambient temperature or that is readify dispersed in air and burns readify. Heafth o Materia(that,under emergency conditions,�r✓ou(d offer no hazard beyond that o f ordinary combustible materiaf Instabi(ity o Materia(that is norma(fy stab(e,even under fire conditions Specia(hazard 15•2 Chemical safety assessment No Chemical Safety Assessment has been carried out for this mixture by the supplier. 14 of 16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 Section 16:Other information Abbreviations and acronyms • 2g CFR 1g10.1000: 2g CFR 1g10.1000,Tables Z-1, Z-2, Z-3 - Occupational Safety and Hea�th Standards:Toxic and Hazardous Substances(permissible exposure limits). • 49 CFR US DOT:4g CFR U,S. Department of Transportation. • ACGIHOO:American Conference of Governmenta�Industria�Hygienists. � ACGIHOO 2022: From ACGIHOO, 2022 TLVsOO and BEIsOO Book. Copyright 2022. Reprinted vvith permission. Information on the proper use of the TLVsOO and BEIsOO: https://vcivcivci.ace ih.org/science/tiv-bei-quidelines/policies-procedures-presentations/t�v-bei- policy-statement/ • CAS:Chemical Abstracts Service(division of the American Chemical Society)that maintains the most comprehensive list of chemical substances, • DGR; Dangerous Goods Regulations(see IATA/DGR) • DMEL: Derived Minimal Effect Level • DNEL: Derived No-Effect LeveL • DOT: Department of Transportation (USA) • EC5o: Effective Concentration 50 %.The EC5o corresponds to the concentration of a tested substance causing 50 %changes in response(e.g. on grovvth)during a specified time interval. • EmS: Emergency Schedule • ERG No: Emergency Response Guidebook - Number • Flam.Gas: Flammable Gas • GHS:Globa�ly Harmonised System of Classification and Label�ing of Chemica�s, deve�oped by the United Nations. • IATA: Internationa�Air Transport Association • IATA/DGR: Dangerous Goods Regulation (DGR)for air transport(IATA) • ICAO: International Civil Aviation Organization • ICAO-TI:Technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air • IMDG; International Maritime Code for Dangerous Goods • IMDG-Code: International Maritime Code for Dangerous Goods • LC5o; Lethal concentration, 50%;The LC5o corresponds to the concentration of a tested substance causing 50% lethality during a specified time interval, � LEL: Lo�wer explosion limit(LEU • NFPAO; National Fire Protection Association (United States) • NPCA-HMISO III: National Paint and Coatings Association: Hazardous Materials Identification System - HMISOO III, Third Edition. • OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration (United States) • PBT; Persistent, Bioacummulative and Toxic • PEL: Permissable exposure limit • PNEC: Predicted No-effect Concentration. • Ppm: Parts per million • Press.Gas: Gas under pressure • RTECS: Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances(NIOSH database vvith toxicological information) • sA; Simple asphyxiants • STEL; Short-term exposure limit • TLVO:Threshold Limit Values • TWA:Time-vcieighted average • UEL: Upper explosion Limit(UEU • vPvB:Very Persistent and Very Bioaccumulative 15 of 16 ��.�- Revision date:13�4 23 Further information Key literature references and sources for data OSHA Hazard Communication Standard(HCS), 2g CFR Zg10.1200. Transport of dangerous goods by road or rail(49 CFR US DOT). International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code(IMDG). Dangerous Goods Regulations(DGR)for air transport (IATA). Classification procedure Physical and chemical properties; the classification is based on tested mixture, Health hazards, environmental hazards:the method for classification of the mixture is based on ingredients of the mixture(additivity formula), List of relevant phrases(code and full text as stated in Sections 2 and 3) H22o Extremely flammable gas H222 Extreme�y f�ammab�e aerosol H28o Contains gas under pressure: may explode if heated. OSHAoo2 May disp�ace oxygen and cause rapid suffocation. Other information The information provided in this Safety Data Sheet is correct to our knovciledge at the date of its revision. It only describes the products vvith regard to safety arrangements and is not to be considered as a Warranty or quality specification and does not constitute a legal relationship, The information re�ates only to the specific materia�designated and may not be valid for such material used in combination vvith any other material or in any process, unLess specified in the text. LEGAL DISCLAIMER The information presented herein is accurate to the best of our knovaledge. Le Maitre Ltd vciill not be held liable for any inaccuracy, non-concurrency or incompleteness of the information provided, We disclaim liability for any injury, damage, direct or indirect loss, consequential or economic loss or any other loss occasioned by any use of, the product not in conformity vvith the instructions herein, If you have purchased the product for supply to a third party, it is your responsibility to take all necessary steps to ensure that any person handling and using the product is provided With the information in this sheet, 16 of 16 Safety Data Sheet �� according to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 � Universaldruckgasdose 330g / 600 ml Print date: 22.02.2016 Page 1 of 8 i SECTION 1: Identification of the substance/mixture and of the company/undertaking � 1.1. Product identifier Universaldruckgasdose 330g/600 ml CFH-No. 47107,48810, 52107, 70107, 70659, 70660, 70801 1.2. Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised aqainst Use of the substance/mixture Praparat Uses advised against No information available. 1.3. Details of the supplier of the safetv data sheet Company name: CFH Lot-und Gasgerate GmbH Street: Bahnhofstr. 50 Place: D-74254 Offenau Telephone: +49(0)7136 9594-0 Telefax:+49(0)7136 9594-44 e-mail: info@cfh-gmbh.de Contact person: Torsten Bogesch Telephone:+49(0)7136 9594-0 e-mail: bogesch.torsten@cfh-gmbh.de Responsible Department: info@cfh-gmbh.de 1.4. Emerqencv telephone +49(0)551 - 1 92 40(GIZ-Nord,24h) number: SECTION 2: Hazards identification 2.1.Classification of the substance or mixture Regulation(EC)No. 1272/2008 Hazard categories: Flammable gas: Flam. Gas 1 Hazard Statements: Extremely flammable gas. Contains gas under pressure; may explode if heated. 2.2. Label elements Regulation(EC)No. 1272/2008 Signal word: Danger Pictograms: � Hazard statements H220 Extremely flammable gas. H280 Contains gas under pressure; may explode if heated. Precautionary statements P101 If inedical advice is needed, have product container or label at hand. P102 Keep out of reach of children. P210 Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources. No smoking. P260 Do not breathe dusUfume/gas/mist/vapours/spray. P251 Do not pierce or burn, even after use. Revision No: 1,01 GB-EN Revision date:08.02.20 Safety Data Sheet �� according to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 � Universaldruckgasdose 330g / 600 ml 1 Print date: 22.02.2016 Page 2 of 8 P377 Leaking gas fire: Do not extinguish, unless leak can be stopped safely. P381 Eliminate all ignition sources if safe to do so. P403 Store in a well-ventilated place. P410+P412 Protect from sunlight. Do not expose to temperatures exceeding 50°C/122 °F. P501 Dispose of waste according to applicable legislation. 2.3.Other hazards In use, may form flammable/explosive vapour-air mixture. Pressurized container: protect from sunlight and do not expose to temperatures exceeding 50°C. Do not pierce or burn, even after use. Do not spray on a naked flame or any incandescent material. Keep away from sources of ignition- No smoking. Keep out of the reach of children. SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients 3.2. Mixtures Hazardous components CAS No Chemical name Quantity EC No Index No REACH No Classification according to Regulation(EC)No. 1272/2008[CLP] 106-97-8 butane 50-75% 203-448-7 01-2119474691-32 Flam. Gas 1,Compressed gas; H220 H280 74-98-6 propane 25-50% 200-827-9 01-2119486944-21 Flam. Gas 1,Compressed gas; H220 H280 64742-49-0 Naphtha(petroleum),hydrotreated light <1 % 265-151-9 01-2119475133-43 Flam. Liq.2, Skin Irrit.2,STOT SE 3,Asp.Tox. 1,Aquatic Chronic 2; H225 H315 H336 H304 H411 Full text of H and EUH statements: see section 16. SECTION 4: First aid measures 4.1. Description of first aid measures General information Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. After inhalation Remove affected person from the danger area and lay down. Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing. Call a doctor if you feel unwell. After contact with skin After contact with skin,wash immediately with plenty of water and soap. Take off immediately all contaminated clothing and wash it before reuse. After contact with eyes After contact with the eyes, rinse with water with the eyelids open for a sufficient length of time, then consult an ophthalmologist immediately. After ingestion not applicable 4.2. Most important svmptoms and effects, both acute and delaved No information available. Revision No: 1.01 GB-EN Revision date:08.02.20 Safety Data Sheet �� according to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 � Universaldruckgasdose 330g / 600 ml 1 Print date: 22.02.2016 Page 3 of 8 4.3. Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed No information available. SECTION 5: Firefighting measures � 5.1. Extinquishinq media Suitable extinguishing media Dry extinguishing powder. Carbon dioxide(CO2). alcohol resistant foam. Unsuitable extinguishing media Full waterjet 5.2.Special hazards arisinq from the substance or mixture Vapours are heavier than air, spread along floors and form explosive mixtures with air. 5.3.Advice for firefiqhters Protective equipment: No special measures are necessary. SECTION 6:Accidental release measures 6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emerqencv procedures Use personal protection equipment. 6.2. Environmental precautions In case of entry into waterways, soil or drains, inform the responsible authorities. 6.3. Methods and material for containment and cleaninq up Provide adequate ventilation. 6.4. Reference to other sections Safe handling: see section 7 Personal protection equipment: see section 8 Disposal: see section 13 SECTION 7: Handling and storage 7.1. Precautions for safe handlinq Advice on safe handling In use, may form flammable/explosive vapour-air mixture. Use only antistatically equipped (spark-free)tools. Wear anti-static footwear and clothing Advice on protection against fire and explosion Take precautionary measures against static discharges. Pressurized container: protect from sunlight and do not expose to temperatures exceeding 50°C. Do not pierce or burn, even after use. Do not spray on naked flames or any incandescent material. 7.2.Conditions for safe storaqe, includinq any incompatibilities Requirements for storage rooms and vessels Keep container tightly closed in a cool,well-ventilated place. Protect from sunlight. Do no expose to temperatures exceeding 50°C/122°F. Do not keep the container sealed. Advice on storage compatibility Keep away from: Oxidising agent 7.3.Specific end use(s) No information available. Revision No: 1,01 GB-EN Revision date:08.02.20 Safety Data Sheet �� according to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 � Universaldruckgasdose 330g / 600 ml Print date: 22.02.2016 Page 4 of 8 SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection � 8.1.Control parameters Exposure limits(EH40) CAS No Substance ppm mg/m' fibres/ml Category Origin 106-97-8 Butane 600 1450 TWA(8 h) WEL 750 1810 STEL(15 min) WEL 8.2. Exposure controls Appropriate engineering controls Provide adequate ventilation as well as local exhaustion at critical locations. Protective and hygiene measures Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothes. Wash hands before breaks and after work. Eye/face protection goggles Hand protection Tested protective gloves must be worn Skin protection Only wear fitting, comfortable and clean protective clothing. Respiratory protection In case of inadequate ventilation wear respiratory protection. SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties 9.1. Information on basic physical and chemical properties Physical state: liquefied gas Colour: colourless Odour: characteristic Test method pH-Value: not applicable Changes in the physical state Melting point: not determined Initial boiling point and boiling range: not determined Sublimation point: not determined Softening point: not determined Pour point: not determined : not determined Flash point: not determined Sustaining combustion: Not sustaining combustion Flammability Solid: not determined Gas: not determined Explosive properties Vapours are heavier than air, spread along floors and form explosive mixtures with air. Lower explosion limits: 1,5 vol. % Revision No: 1,01 GB-EN Revision date:08.02.20 Safety Data Sheet �� according to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 � Universaldruckgasdose 330g / 600 ml 1 Print date: 22.02.2016 Page 5 of 8 Upper explosion limits: 10,9 vol. % Ignition temperature: 365 °C Auto-ignition temperature Solid: not determined Gas: not determined Decomposition temperature: not determined Oxidizing properties not determined Vapour pressure: 8300 hPa (at 20°C) Density(at 20°C): 0,6 g/cm' Water solubility: not determined Solubility in other solvents not determined Partition coefficient: not determined Viscosity/dynamic: not determined Viscosity/kinematic: not determined Vapour density: not determined Evaporation rate: not determined 9.2.Other information No information available. SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity 10.1. Reactivity In use, may form flammable/explosive vapour-air mixture. 10.2.Chemical stability The substance is chemically stable under recommended conditions of storage, use and temperature. 10.3. Possibilitv of hazardous reactions No information available. 10.4.Conditions to avoid Pressurised container: May burst if heated. 10.5. Incompatible materials No information available. 10.6. Hazardous decomposition products No information available. SE TC ION 11: Toxicological information 11.1. Information on toxicoloqical effects Acute toxicity CAS No Chemical name Exposure routes Method Dose Species Source 106-97-8 butane inhalative(4 h)gas LC50 273000 ppm Rat GESTIS Revision No: 1,01 GB-EN Revision date:08.02.20 Safety Data Sheet �� according to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 � Universaldruckgasdose 330g / 600 ml Print date: 22.02.2016 Page 6 of 8 SECTION 12: Ecological information � ' 12.1.Toxicity No information available. CAS No Chemical name Aquatic toxicity Method Dose [h] � [d] Species Source 106-97-8 butane Acute fish toxicity LC50 27,98 mg/I 96 h Fish, no other information ECHA Acute al ae toxicity ErC50 7,71 mg/I 96 h Green al ea ECHA 74-98-6 propane Acute fish toxicity LC50 27,98 mg/I 96 h Fish, no other information ECHA Acute algae toxicity ErC50 7,71 mg/I 96 h Green algea ECHA 12.2. Persistence and deqradabilitv No information available. 12.3. Bioaccumulative potential Partition coefficient n-octanol/water CAS No Chemical name Log Pow 106-97-8 butane 2,89 74-98-6 propane 2,36 12.4. Mobilitv in soil No information available. 12.5. Results of PBT and vPvB assessment The substances in the mixture do not meet the PBT/vPvB criteria according to REACH, annex XIII. 12.6.Other adverse effects No information available. �ECTION 13: Disposal considerations 13.1.Waste treatment methods Advice on disposal Dispose of waste according to applicable legislation. Contaminated packaging Dispose of waste according to applicable legislation. SECTION 14: Transport information Land transport(ADR/RID) 14.1. UN number: UN 2037 14.2. UN proper shippina name: Receptacles, small, containing gas(gas cartridges) 14.3.Transport hazard class(es): 2 14.4. Packinp proup: - Hazard label: 2.1 Classification code: 5F Special Provisions: 191 303 344 Limited quantity: 1 L Excepted quantity: EO Transport category: 2 Tunnel restriction code: D Revision No: 1,01 GB-EN Revision date:08.02.20 Safety Data Sheet /�j,� ' � / according to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 � Universaldruckgasdose 330g / 600 ml 1 Print date: 22.02.2016 Page 7 of 8 Inland waterways transport(ADN) 14.1. UN number: UN 2037 14.2. UN proper shippinq name: Receptacles, small, containing gas(gas cartridges) 14.3.Transport hazard class(es): 2 14.4. Packinq qroup: - Hazard label: 2.1 Classification code: 5F Special Provisions: 191 303 344 Limited quantity: 1 L Excepted quantity: EO Marine transport(IMDG) 14.1. UN number: UN 2037 14.2. UN proper shippinq name: Receptacles, small, containing gas(gas cartridges) 14.3.Transport hazard class(es): 2.1 14.4. Packinq qroup: - Hazard label: 2.1 Special Provisions: 191, 277, 303, 344 Limited quantity: 1000 mL Excepted quantity: EO EmS: F-D, S-U Air transport(ICAO) 14.1. UN number: UN 2037 14.2. UN proper shippinq name: Receptacles, small, containing gas(gas cartridges) 14.3.Transport hazard class(es1: 2.1 14.4. Packinq qroup: - Hazard label: 2.1 Special Provisions: A167 A802 Limited quantity Passenger: 1 kg Passenger LQ: Y203 Excepted quantity: EO IATA-packing instructions-Passenger: 203 IATA-max.quantity- Passenger: 1 kg IATA-packing instructions-Cargo: 203 IATA-max.quantity-Cargo: 15 kg 14.5. Environmental hazards ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS: no 14.6.Special precautions for user No information available. 14.7.Transport in bulk accordinp to Annex II of MARPOL73/78 and the IBC Code No information available. SECTION 15: Regulatory information 15.1.Safetv, health and environmental requlations/leqislation specific for the substance or mixture EU regulatory information Information according to 2012/18/EU P2 FLAMMABLE GASES (SEVESO III): Additional information: Revision No: 1,01 GB-EN Revision date:08.02.20 Safety Data Sheet �� according to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 � Universaldruckgasdose 330g / 600 ml 1 Print date: 22.02.2016 Page 8 of 8 National regulatory information Water contaminating class (D): --not water contaminating 15.2.Chemical safetv assessment For the following substances of this mixture a chemical safety assessment has been carried out: butane propane Naphtha(petroleum), hydrotreated light SECTION 16: Other information Abbreviations and acronyms ADR:Accord europeen sur le transport des marchandises dangereuses par Route (Regelung zum Transport gefahrlicher Guter auf der Straf3e) (European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road) CAS: Chemical Abstracts Service CLP: Classification, Labelling &Packaging (Einstufung, Kennzeichnung und Verpackung) DIN: Deutsches Institut fur Normung EG: Europaische Gemeinschaft Eye Irr.: Serious eye irritation (schwere Augenreizung) IATA: International Air TransportAssociation (Internationale Luftverkehrsvereinigung) IMDG: International Maritime Code for Dangerous Goods (Regelung zum Transport gefahrlicher Guter mit Seeschiffen) ISO: Internationale Organisation fur Normung PBT: Persistent, Bioaccumulative and Toxic(Persistent, Bioakkumulierbar und toxisch) RID: Reglement concernant le transport international ferroviaire des marchandises dangereuses (Regelung zum Transport gefahrlicher Guter im Schienenverkehr) Skin Irr.: Skin irritation (Hautreizung) VOC:Volatile Organic Compound (fluchtige organische Verbindung) vPvB:Very Persistent and very Bioaccumulative (sehr persistent und sehr Bioakkumulierbar) Relevant H and EUH statements(number and full text) H220 Extremely flammable gas. H225 Highly flammable liquid and vapour. H280 Contains gas under pressure; may explode if heated. H304 May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways. H315 Causes skin irritation. H336 May cause drowsiness or dizziness. H411 Toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects. Further Information The above information describes exclusively the safety requirements of the product and is based on our present-day knowledge. The information is intended to give you advice about the safe handling of the product named in this safety data sheet,for storage, processing,transport and disposal.The information cannot be transferred to other products. In the case of mixing the product with other products or in the case of processing,the information on this safety data sheet is not necessarily valid for the new made-up material. (The data for the hazardous ingredients were taken respectively from the last version of the sub-contractor's safety data sheet.) Revision No: 1,01 GB-EN Revision date:08.02.20 �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 FALLS� TYPE 1 � 2� 3 Sc 3A — (ALL COLORS) SECTION I: PRODUCT & MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION PRODLJCT IDENTIFIER FALLS TYPE�S) 1 � 2� 3 Sc 3A, DROOPY GERBS PRODUCT USE� THEATRICAL PYROTECHNICS AND SPECIAL EFFECTS. DEVICE WILL EXPEL BURNING PROJECTIONS AND WILL CONTINUE TO BURN FOR A SHORT DURATION. MANUFACTURERS NAME� DISTRIBUTED BY: NEXT FX� INC. MFG. BY: STAGE FX� INC. 5TREET ADDRESS� CITY� 5TATE 1 84 MCNALEY ROAD CoLur.�Bus MT - USA ZIP CODE� TELEPHONE NLIMBER� EMERGENCY NLJMBERS� 5901 9 (406)322-1 303 DOMESTIC - (800)255-3924 INTER. - +O1 (81 3)248-0585 SECTION II: HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION WHMIS CLA551FCATION/GHS CLA551FCATION: EXPLOSIVE CLASS 1 .4 yy4 �� WARNING HAZARD STATEMENT: FIRE OR PR�JECTION HAZARD PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS: PREVENTION� KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT/SPARKS/OPEN FLAMES/HOT SURFACES/STRAY ELECTRICAL CURRENTS — ��NO SMOKING" RESPONSE� IN CASE OF FIRE: EVACUATE AREA EXPLOSION RISK IN CASE OF FIRE DO NOT FIGHT FIRE WHEN FIRE HAS REACHED EXPLOSIVE PRODUCT. PRODUCT USE: BURNING PROJECTIONS CAN AND WILL IGNITE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. HEIGHT Sc RADIAL SAFETY DISTANCES SHOULD BE APPLIED. REFER TO LABEL OR MANUFACTLJRER FOR APPROPRIATE SAFETY DISTANCES FOR SPECIFIC PRODUCT. "FOR PROFESSIONAL USE ONLY" NOT FOR CONSUMER OR RETAIL SALES. SALE5 TO PERSON5 UNDER �1 8) YEARS PROHIBITED. POTENTIAL ACUTE HEALTH EFFECT5: DEVICE COULD CAU5E 5ERIOU5 BURN INJURIE5 IF INCORRECTLY USED. POTENTIAL CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECTS: TNERE ARE NO CNRONIC AFFECTS FROM HANDLING THIS PRODUCT APPROPRIATELY. SEE APPROPRIATE SDS FOR COMPONENT INGREDIENTS. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 FALLS� TYPE 1 � 2� 3 Sc 3A — (ALL COLORS) NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTIDN ASSOCIATION RATINGS� HEALTH HAZARD — 1 FLAMMABILITY — 3 REACTIVITY — O SPECIAL - O SECTION III: COMPOSITION/INGREDIENT INFORMATION HAZARDOUB INGREDIENTS % CAS NUMBER POTASSIUM PERCHLORATE * 7778�74�7 C HARCOAL * 7440-44-0 SODIUM BENZOATE * 532-32-1 DICYANDIAMIDE * 1 251 48�58�5 SODIUM BICARBONATE * 1 44-55-8 POTASSIUM NITRATE * 7757�79�1 SULFUR * 7704-34-9 TITANIUM * 7440-32-6 STEARIC ACID * 57�1 1 �4 BLACK COPPER OXIDE * 1 31 7-38-0 RED GUM * AMMONIUM PERCHLORATE * 7790-98-9 STRONTIUM NITRATE * 1 0042-76�9 DEXTRINE * 9004-53-9 * INGREDIENT PERCENTAGES ARE COMPANY PROPRIETARY. SECTION IV: FIRST AID MEASURES ROUTES OF ENTRY� X SKIN CONTACT - SKIN ABSORPTION X EYE CONTACT X INHALATION X INOESTION SKIN CONTACT' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT HAVE ANY SKIN CONTACT HAZARDS. SERIOUS BURNS COULD TAKE PLACE IF ACCIDENTAL IGNITION. CONTENTS �IF SPILLED) SHOUL� BE WASHED IMME�IATELY FROM EXPOSED AREA WITH PLENTY OF SOAP AND WATER. EYE CONTACT' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT HAVE ANY EYE CONTACT HAZARDS. SERIOUS EYE INJURIES COULD RESULT IF ACCIDENTAL IGNITION OCCURS. �IF CONTENTS ARE SPILLED) FLUSH EYES FOR A MINIMUM OF 1 �S MINUTES. IF IRRITATION PERSISTS� SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION. INHALATION' PRO�UCT ITSELF DOES NOT PRESENT AN INHALATION HAZARD. SMOKE FROM DEVICE FUNCTIONING MAY CAUSE IRRITATION IF USED WITHIN NON- VENTILATED OR SMALL CONFINED SPACES. INGESTION' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT PRESENT AN INGESTION HAZARD. IF CONTENTS ARE ACCIDENTALLY INGESTED� SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. ACUTE HEALTH EFFECTS; SOME INGREDIENTS ARE CONSIDERED IRRITANTS AND SHOULD BE HANDLED AS SUCH IF EXPOSE�. CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECTS; THERE ARE NO CHRONIC AFFECTS FROM THE HANDLING OF THIS PRODUCT. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 FALLS� TYPE 1 � 2� 3 Sc 3A — (ALL COLORS) SECTION V: FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES � RELATED INFORMATION FLAMMABILITY� NFPA RATING� ALL PYROTECHNICS ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE 4 — SEVERE HAZARD GENERAL FIRE HAZARDS� PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITIONS/DEVICES BURN VIOLENTLY AND ARE SELF- OXIDIZED. FASTER BURNING COMPOSITIONS MAY REACH DETONATION LEVELS DEPENDENT UPON COMPOSITION� PACKAGED CONFIGURATION AND/OR CONTAINMENT. MEANS OF EXTINGLIISHMENT� PYROTECHNICS ARE SELF-OXIDIZED AND CANNOT BE EXTINGUI5HED WITH NORMAL MEANS. DO NOT FIGHT FIRES INVOLVING THE DEVICES. INCIPIENT FIRES MAY BE FOUGHT. DO NOT USE SUFFOCATION METHODS� CLEAR AREA OF PERSONNEL: SECTION VI: ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES CONTAINMENT PROCEDLJRES� DEVICES MAY BE GENTLY PICKE� LJP AND RE-PACKAGED IN ORIGINAL PACKAGING OR EQUIVALENT. IN CASE PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION IS SPILLED: KEEP AWAY FROM ANY POSSIBLE IGNITION SOURCES SUCH AS OPEN FLAMES� 5PARK5 AND NON-RATED ELECTRICAL DEVICES. PREVENT POSSIBLE ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES �FOR EXAMPLE: DO NOT LJSE A SYNTHETIC DUSTPAN AND BRUSH). CLEAN-LJP PROCEDLJRES� PACKAGED DEVICES CAN BE PICKED UP GENTLY. FOR SPILLED MATERIAL� WHICH MAY BE RELEASED ACCIDENTALLY� FLOOD AREA WITH WATER AND USE CONDUCTIVE OR NATURAL MATERIAL UTENSILS FOR PICK-UP. PLACE INTO A CLOSED CONDUCTIVE CONTAINER FOR DISPOSAL. SECTION VII: HANDLING AND STORAGE HANDLING PROCEDLJRES AND El♦ILIIPMENT� ALL PYROTECHNICS SHOULD BE HANDLED WITH CAUTION. AVOID OPEN FLAMES� SMOKING� FRICTION� IMPACT� EXCESSIVE HEAT� ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES� RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE AND MOISTURE� �HUMIDITY). ITEMS ARE MEANT T❑ BE USE� IN WATER. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS INCLLJ�E� IN PACKAGING. IN 50ME CA5E5� UNPACKAGED OR EXPLOSIVE/PYROTECHNIC MATERIALS PACKAGED IN OTHER THEN ORIGINAL PACKAGING MAY HAVE TO BE HANDLED AS A HIGHER HAZARD. I.E. 1 . 1 OR 1 .3 CLASSIFICATION. 5TORAGE REQLIIREMENTS� STORE IN A COOL� WELL VENTILATED� AND DRY AREA. DEPENDENT UPON APPLICATION� SEPARATION DISTANCES AND SECURITY MEASURES ARE TO BE COMPLIED WITH. STORAGE COMPATIBILITY SHOULD BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL REGULATIONS. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 FALLS� TYPE 1 � 2� 3 Sc 3A — (ALL COLORS) SECTION VIII: EXPOSURE CONTROL/PERSONAL PROTECTION EXPOSLJRE uMiTs: ACGIH TLV = N/A OSHA PEL = N/A OTHER = N/A ENGINEERING CONTROLS� DEVICES NEED TO BE USED IN A VENTILATE� AREA FOR REMOVAL OF SMOKE. SOME INGREDIENTS MAY HAVE EXPOSURE CONTROLS BUT ARE RELEGATED TO MANUFACTURING PROCESSES ONLY. DEVICES EXPEL BURNING INCANDESCENT MATERIAL THAT SHOULD BE DESIGNED TO FALL LJPON FLAME RESISTANT MATERIAL OR SURFACE. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQLJIPMENT� SAFETY GLASSES ARE REQUIRED WHEN HANDLING. PREVENTION OR REDLJCTION OF STATIC ELECTRICITY SHOULD BE ACCOMPLISHED BY WEARING ALL COTTON CLOTHING. SECTION IX: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES PHYSICAL STATE� ❑DOR Sc APPEARANCE� 5PECIFIC GRAVITY� SOLID NORMALLY BLACK TUBE N/A - NO ODOR ODOR THRESHOLD� VISCOSITY� PARTITION COEFFICIENT� (N- N�A N�A OCTONA✓WATER) N/A VAPOR DENSITY� (AIR=1) VAPOR PRESSLJRE� (MM/HG) EVAPORATION RATE� N/A N/A N/A BOILING POINT� (�C) FREEZING POINT� (�C) PH� N/A N/A N/A SOLUBILITY IN WATER� MELTING POINT� VOC� N�A PYROTECHNICS WILL N�A REACH AUTO-IGNITIDN TEMPERATURE BEFORE MELTING FLASHPOINT� UPPER FLAMMABLE LIMITS� LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMITS� N/A N/A N/A AUTO-IGNITION TEMPERATURE� SENSITIVITY TO IMPACT� SENSITIVITY TO ELECTROSTATIC� APPROX. - 440° C N/A ONLY WHEN DEVICE IS UN-SHUNTED. SECTION X: STABILITY 8c REACTIVITY CHEMICAL 5TABILITY� IF UNSTABLE� LJNDER WHAT CONDITIONS� X STABLE UNSTABLE INCOMPATIBILITIES OR CONDITIONS TO AVOID� IGNITION SOLJRCES. POSSIBILITY OF HAZARDOUS REACTION� VERY LOW WHEN DEVICE IS SHUNTED OR SHORT CIRCUITED. LOW POSSIBILITY WHEN UN-SHLJNTED. R EACTI V ITY� LOOSE COMPOSITION IS VERY REACTIVE TO SOURCES ❑F IGNITION. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION� DECOMPOSITION DOES NOT OCCUR UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES DURING STORAGE� TRANSPORT AND HANDLING. UPON FUNCTIONING� THIS DEVICE CAN PRODUCE NITRATES AND OTHER OXIDES. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 FALLS� TYPE 1 � 2� 3 Sc 3A — (ALL COLORS) SECTION XI: TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATIDN CARCINOGENICITY- IARC� CARCINOGENICITY-ACGIH� THESE DEVICES MAY CONTAIN KNOWN THESE DEVICES MAY CONTAIN KNOWN OR SUSPECTED CARCINOGENS. THE OR SUSPECTED CARCINOGENS. THE FOLL❑WING LIST OF CHEMICALS ARE FOLLOWING LIST ❑F CHEMICALS ARE CLAS5IFIABLE AND YOU SHOULD CLASSIFIABLE AN� YOU SHOUL� REFER TO SPECIFIC SDS FOR REFER TO SPECIFIC SDS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION� ADDITIONAL INFORMATION� ROUTES OF ENTRY� �ONLY SPILLED COMPOSITIONS) INHALATION Sc INGESTION MEASLJRES OF TOXICITY� (INGREDIENTS ❑NLY) POTASSIUM NITRATE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 301 5 MG/KG SULFLJR — (INHALATION)� LC50 �RAT) �9.23 MG/L/4H, (ORAL)� LD5❑ (RAT) �3❑00 MG/KG: �DERMAL)� LD50 (RaBeiT)>2000 MG/KG SODIUM BENZOATE — �ORAL)� LD50 � �RAT) 21 00 MG/KG SODIUM BICARBONATE — �ORAL)� LD50 � �RAT) 4220 MG/KG CHARCOAL — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) � 1 0�000 MG/KG AMMONIUM PERCHLORATE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 4200 MG/KG STRONTIUM NITRATE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 1 892 MG/KG STEARIC ACID — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 4640 MG/KG� �DERMAL)� LD50 (RABBIT) �5❑❑O MG/KG CHRONIC EFFECTS ❑N HUMANS� (INGREDIENTS ONLY) ACUTE EFFECTS ON HUMANS� (INGREDIENTS ONLY) �SEE INGREDIENT SDS) �SEE INGREDIENT SDS) OTHER TOXIC EFFECTS ON HUMANS� (SKIN CoRROSION/IRRITATION� EYE DAMAGE/IRRITATI�N� RESPIRATORY OR SKIN SENSITIZER� OR ASPIRATION HAZARDS) N/A GERM CELL MLJTAGENICITY� REPRODLJCTIVE TOXICITY� N/A N/A 5TOT- 51NGLE EXPOSLJRE� STOT- REPEATED EXPOSLIRE� N/A N/A SYMPTOMS ❑F OVEREXPOSURE� NO OVEREXPOSURE HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEVICE OR PRODUCT. SECTION XII: ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION ECOTOXICITY� BOD5 & COD; THE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS NOT AVAILABLE MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL ECOTOXICITY INFORMATION ON THEIR SPECIFIC MSDS; SULFUR SODILJM BENZOATE SODIUM BICARBONATE PRODUCTS OF DEGRADATION� POSSIBLY HAZARDOUS SHORT TERM� DEGRADATION PRODUCTS ARE NOT LI KE LY. TOXICITY ❑F THE PRODUCTS OF BIODEGRADATION: THE PRODUCTS OF DEGRADATION ARE LESS TOXIC THAN THE PRODUCT ITSELF. ❑THER ADVERSE AFFECTS� NOT AVAILABLE �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 FALLS� TYPE 1 � 2� 3 Sc 3A — (ALL COLORS) BIOACCLJMULATION: MOBILITY IN SOIL� N/A N/A SECTION XIII: DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS: EPA WASTE CODES APPLICABLE� UNUSED DEVICES WILL EXHIBIT THE CHARACTERISTICS OF REACTIVITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH 40 CFR. D003 WOULD BE APPLICABLE IF DEVICES ARE C❑NSIDERED WASTE. WASTE DISPOSAL� WASTES MUST BE DISPOSED OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL� STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. AS STATED ABOVE� UNUSED DEVICE DOES EXHIBIT A RCRA CHARACTERISTIC AS DEPICTED BY 40 CFR AND/OR OTHER INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS. BEST SUITED FOR INCINERATION AT A LICENSED EXPERIENCED DISPOSAL FACILITY. USED DEVICES MAY BE DISPOSED OF IN STANDARD REFUSE CONTAINER. SECTION XIV: TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION DOT CLASSIFICATION & UN IDENTIFICATION� PROPER SHIPPING NAME & TECHNICAL NAME� CLASS 1 .4G - UN0431 ARTICLES� PYROTECHNIC EXPL051VE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR TRANSPORT� IN CASE OF AN ACCI�ENT� THE ERG SHOULD BE CONSULTED FOR EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. EVACUATION WILL BE NECESSARY IF ACCIDENT HAS INVOLVED MLJLTIPLE DEVICES IN A FIRE OR THE POTENTIAL FOR A FIRE EXISTS. SECTION XV: REGULATORY INFORMATION: FEDERAL Sc STATE REGLJLATIONS� REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE MANUFACTURING� USE AND SALE OF PYROTECHNICS AND/OR CHEMICALS ARE APPLICABLE TO THIS PRODUCT LINE. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR DISTRIBUTOR OR THE MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC REGLJLATIONS IF YOLJ HAVE QUESTI❑NS. ❑THER REGLJLATIONS� OSHA: HAZARDOUS BY DEFINITION OF HAZARD COMMLJNICATION STANDARD �29 CFR 1 91 O. 1 200). EINECS: SOME OF THE COMPOSITIONAL INGREDIENTS ARE ON THE EUROPEAN INVENTORY OF EXISTING COMMERCIAL CHEMICAL SUB5TANCE5. INGREDIENTS MAY HAVE SPECIFIC FEDERAL� STATE OR LOCAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING THRESHOLDS AND HANDLING PROCEDURES AND ONLY APPLY TO THE MANUFACTURING OF THESE ITEMS. IF ONE OF THE INGREDIENTS IN THESE DEVICES IS POTASSIUM PERCHLORATE� THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA REQUIRES THAT THIS WARNING BE GIVEN — ��SOME PRODLJCTS MAY CONTAIN PERCHLORATES. SPECIAL HANDLING MAY APPLY! SEE WWW.�TSC.CA.GOV/HAZAR�OUSWASTE/PERCHLORATE.�� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 FALLS� TYPE 1 � 2� 3 Sc 3A — (ALL COLORS) SECTION XVI: OTHER INFORMATION THE INFORMATION ABOVE I5 BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND REPRESENTS THE BEST INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO US. HOWEVER� WE MAKE NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY� EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED� WITH RESPECT TO SUCH INFORMATION� AND WE AS5UME NO LIABILITY RESULTING FROM ITS USE. USERS SHOULD MAKE THEIR OWN INVESTIGATION5 TO DETERMINE THE SUITABILITY OF THE INFORMATION FOR THEIR PARTICULAR PURPOSE5. IN NO EVENT SHALL NEXT FX� INC. OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIMS� LOSSES� OR DAMAGES OF ANY THIRD PARTY OR FOR LOST PROFITS OR ANY SPECIAL� INDIRECT� INCIDENTAL� CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES� HOWSOEVER ARISING� EVEN IF NEXT FX� INC. AFFILIATES OR CON5ULTANT5 HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 5UCH DAMAGES. DATE PREPARED� PREPARED BY� TELEPHONE NLJMBER� 18 SEPT. 201 3 DENNIS SLICER (406)322-1 304 �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 STROBE FLARE Sc FLARES� (ALL COLORS) SECTION I: PRODUCT & MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION PRODLJCT IDENTIFIER STROBE FLARE� FLARE FLASN� FLARE� STROBE PRODUCT USE� THEATRICAL PYROTECHNICS AND SPECIAL EFFECTS. DEVICE BURNS AND RELEA5ES A BUR5T OF COLOR INTERMITTENTLY OR CONTINUOU5LY. DEVICE WILL EXPEL BURNING PROJECTIONS AND CONTINUE TO BURN FOR A SHORT DURATION. MANLJFACTLJRERS NAME� DISTRIBUTED BY: NEXT FX� INC. MFG. BY: STAGE FX� INC. 5TREET ADDRESS� CITY� 5TATE 1 84 MCNALEY ROAD COLUMBUS MT - USA ZIP CDOE� TELEPHONE NUMBER� EMERGENCY NUMBERS� 5901 9 (406)322-1 303 DOME5TIC - (800)255-3924 INTER. - +O1 (81 3)248-0585 SECTION II: HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION WHMIS CLA551FCATION/GHS CLA551FCATION: EXPLOSIVE CLASS 1 .4 ys4 �� WARNING HAZARD STATEMENT: FIRE OR PR�JECTION HAZARD PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS: PREVENTION� KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT/SPARK5/OPEN FLAMES/HOT SURFACES/STRAY ELECTRICAL CURRENTS — ��NO SMOKING" RESPONSE� IN CASE OF FIRE: EVACUATE AREA EXPLOSION RISK IN CASE OF FIRE DO NOT FIGHT FIRE WHEN FIRE HA5 REACHED EXPLOSIVE PRODUCT. PRODLJCT USE: BURNING PROJECTIONS CAN AND WILL IGNITE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. HEIGHT Sc RADIAL SAFETY DISTANCES SHOULD BE APPLIED. REFER TO LABEL OR MANUFACTURER FOR APPROPRIATE SAFETY DISTANCES FOR SPECIFIC PRODUCT. "FOR PROFESSIONAL USE ONLY" NOT FOR CONSUMER OR RETAIL SALES. SALES TO PERSONS UNDER �1 8) YEARS PROHIBITED. POTENTIAL ACUTE HEALTH EFFECT5: DEVICE COULD CAU5E 5ERIOU5 BURN INJURIES IF INCORRECTLY USED. POTENTIAL CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECTS: TNERE ARE NO CNRONIC AFFECTS FROM HANDLING THIS PRODUCT APPROPRIATELY. SEE APPROPRIATE MSDS FOR COMPONENT INGREDIENTS. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 STROBE FLARE Sc FLARES� (ALL COLORS) NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION RATINGS� HEALTH HAZARD — 1 FLAMMABILITY — 3 REACTIVITY — ❑ SPECIAL - O SECTION III: COMPOSITION/INGREDIENT INFORMATION HAZARDOUB INGREDIENTS % CAS NUMBER POTASSIUM PERCHLORATE * 7778�74�7 AMMONIUM PERCHLORATE * 7790�98�9 STRONTIUM SULFATE * 7759-02-6 POTASSIUM DICHROMATE * 7778�50�9 MAGNESIUM * 7439-95-4 STRONTIUM CARBONATE * 1 633�05�2 SARAN RESIN * 90 1 1 -06-7 POTA551UM NITRATE * 7757-79-1 SULFUR * 7704-34-9 RED GUM * DEXTRINE * 9004-53-9 BLACK COPPER OXIDE * 1 31 7-38-0 C HARCOAL * 7440-44-0 ALUMINUM * 7429-90-5 BORIC ACID * 1 0043-35-3 ANTIMONY SULFIDE * 1 345�04�6 BARIUM CARBONATE * 51 3-77-9 SODIUM BICARBONATE * 1 44�55�8 CALCIUM CARBONATE * 471 -34-1 STRONTIUM NITRATE * 1 0042�76�9 BARIUM NITRATE * 1 0022-3 1 -8 COPPER CARBONATE * 1 2069-69-1 BARIUM SULFATE * 7727�43�7 CALCIUM SULFATE * 1 O 1 O 1 -41 -4 POTASSIUM SULFATE * 7778�80�5 SODIUM SULFATE * 7757-82-6 PVC� CHLOROETHYLENE POLYMER * 9002�86�2 * INGREDIENT PERCENTAGES ARE COMPANY PROPRIETARY. CHEMICAL INGREDIENT LIST MAY VARY WITH SPECIFIC CLJSTOMER COLORATION REQLJIREMENTS AND MAY NOT BE ALL INCLUSIVE. SECTION IV: FIRST AID MEASURES ROUTES OF ENTRY� X SKIN CONTACT - SKIN AB50RPTION X EYE CONTACT X INNALATION X INGESTION SKIN CONTACT' PRO�UCT ITSELF �OES NOT HAVE ANY SKIN CONTACT HAZARDS. SERIOUS BURNS COULD TAKE PLACE IF ACCIDENTAL IGNITION. CONTENTS �IF SPILLED) SHOULD BE WASHED IMMEDIATELY FROM EXPOSED AREA WITH PLENTY ❑F SOAP AN� WATER. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 STROBE FLARE Sc FLARES� (ALL COLORS) EYE CONTACT' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT HAVE ANY EYE CONTACT HAZARDS. SERIOUS EYE INJURIES COULD RESULT IF ACCIDENTAL IGNITION OCCURS. �IF CONTENTS ARE SPILLED) FLUSH EYES FOR A MINIMUM OF 1 �S MINUTES. IF IRRITATION PERSISTS� SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION. I NHALATION' PRO�UCT ITSELF DOES NOT PRESENT AN INHALATION HAZARD. SMOKE FROM DEVICE FUNCTIONING MAY CAUSE IRRITATION IF USED WITHIN NON- VENTILATED OR 5MALL CONFINED SPACES. INGESTION' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT PRESENT AN INGESTION HAZARD. IF CONTENTS ARE ACCIDENTALLY INGESTED� SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. ACUTE HEALTH EFFECTS; SOME INGREDIENTS ARE CONSIDERED IRRITANTS AND SHOUL� BE HAN�LED AS SUCH IF EXPOSED. CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECTSC THERE ARE NO CHRONIC AFFECTS FROM THE HANDLING OF THIS PRODUCT. ALTHOUGH REPEATED CLOSE PROXIMITY USE �WITHOLJT HEARING PROTECTION) COULD CAUSE HEARING LOSS. SECTION V: FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES & RELATED INFORMATION FLAMMABILITY� NFPA RATING� ALL PYROTECHNICS ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE 3 — MAJOR HAZARD GENERAL FIRE HAZARDS� PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITIONS/DEVICES BURN VIOLENTLY AND ARE SELF- OXIDIZED. FASTER BURNING COMPOSITIONS MAY REACH DETONATION LEVELS DEPENDENT UPON COMPOSITION� PACKAGED CONFIGURATION AND/OR CONTAINMENT. BURNING PROJECTIONS CAN AND WILL IGNITE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. ALTITUDE AND RA�IAL SAFETY DISTANCES SHOULD BE APPLIED. MEANS ❑F EXTINGUISHMENT� PYROTECHNICS ARE SELF-OXIDIZED AND CANNOT BE EXTINGUISHED WITH NORMAL MEANS. DO NOT FIGHT FIRES INVOLVING THE DEVICES. INCIPIENT FIRES MAY BE FOUGHT. DO NOT USE SLJFFOCATION METHODS� CLEAR AREA OF PERSONNEL: SECTION VI: ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES CONTAINMENT PROCEDLJRES� DEVICES MAY BE GENTLY PICKED UP AND RE-PACKAGED IN ORIGINAL PACKAGING OR EQUIVALENT. IN CASE PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION IS SPILLED: KEEP AWAY FROM ANY POSSIBLE IGNITION SOURCES SLJCH AS OPEN FLAMES� SPARKS AND NON-RATED ELECTRICAL DEVICES. PREVENT POSSIBLE ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES �FOR EXAMPLE: DO NOT USE A SYNTHETIC DUSTPAN AND BRUSH). �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 STROBE FLARE Sc FLARES� (ALL COLORS) CLEAN-LJP PROCEDLJRES� PACKAGED DEVICES CAN BE PICKED UP GENTLY. FOR SPILLED MATERIAL� WHICH MAY BE RELEASED ACCIDENTALLY� FLOOD AREA WITH WATER AND USE CONDUCTIVE OR NATURAL MATERIAL UTENSILS FOR PICK-UP. PLACE INTO A CLOSED CONDUCTIVE CONTAINER FOR DISPOSAL. SECTION VII: HANDLING AND STORAGE HANDLING PROCEDLJRES AND El♦ILIIPMENT� ALL PYROTECHNICS SHOLJLD BE HANDLE� WITH CAUTION. AVOID OPEN FLAMES� SMOKING� FRICTION� IMPACT� EXCESSIVE HEAT� ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES� RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE AND MOISTURE. DO NOT AIM OPEN EN� OF THE DEVICE TOWARDS PERSONNEL OR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED IN PACKAGING. STORAGE REQLJIREMENTS� STORE IN A COOL� WELL VENTILATED� AND DRY AREA. DEPENDENT UPON APPLICATION� SEPARATION DISTANCES AND SECURITY MEASURES ARE TO BE COMPLIED WITH. STORAGE COMPATIBILITY SHOULD BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL REGULATIONS. SECTION VIII: EXPOSURE CONTROL/PERSONAL PROTECTION EXPOSIJRE un�iTs: ACGIH TLV = N/A ❑SHA PEL = N/A OTHER = N/A ENGINEERING CONTROLS� DEVICES NEED TO BE USED IN A WELL-VENTILATED AREA FOR REMOVAL OF SMOKE. THE FOLLOWING CHEMICAL5 HAVE EXPOSURE LEVELS LISTED ON THE SPECIFIC SDS� �THE5E PEL�s/TLV's ARE ONLY APPLICABLE DURING MANUFACTURING)� BLACK COPPER OXIDE BARIUM NITRATE ALUMINUM BORIC ACID CALCIUM CARBONATE BARIUM SULFATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQLJIPMENT� SAFETY GLASSES ARE REQUIRED WHEN HANDLING. PREVENTION OR REDUCTION OF STATIC ELECTRICITY SHOULD BE ACCOMPLISHED BY WEARING ALL COTTON CLOTHING. SECTION IX: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES PHYSICAL STATE� ❑o�R & APPEARANCE� SPECIFIC GRAVITY� SOLID SOLID TUBE USUALLY N/A BLACK - NO ODOR ❑DOR THRESHOLD� VISCOSITY� PARTITION COEFFICIENT� (N- N/A N/A ❑CTONAVWATER) N/A VAPOR DENSITY� (AIR=1) VAPOR PRESSLIRE� (MM/HG) EVAPORATION RATE� N/A N/A N/A �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 STROBE FLARE Sc FLARES� (ALL COLORS) BOILING POINT� (�C) FREEZING POINT� (�C) PH� N/A N/A N/A SOLUBILITY IN WATER� MELTING POINT� VOC� N�A PYROTECHNICS WILL N/Q REACH AUTO-IGNITION TEMPERATURE BEFORE MELTING FLASHPOINT� UPPER FLAMMABLE LIMITS� LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMITS� N/A N/A N/A AUTO-IGNITION TEMPERATURE� SENSITIVITY TO IMPACT� SENSITIVITY TO ELECTROSTATIC� APPROX. - 440° C N/A ONLY WHEN DEVICE IS UN—SHUNTED. SECTION X: STABILITY 8c REACTIVITY CHEMICAL 5TABILITY� IF UNSTABLE� UNDER WHAT CONDITIONS� X STABLE UNSTABLE INCOMPATIBILITIES OR CONDITIONS TO AVOID� IGNITION SOURCE5. POSSIBILITY OF HAZARDOUS REACTION� VERY LOW WHEN DEVICE IS SHUNTED OR SHORT CIRCUITED. LOW POSSIBILITY WHEN UN—SHUNTED. R EACTI V ITY� L❑OSE COMPOSITION IS VERY REACTIVE TO SOLJRCES OF IGNITION. HazaRoous DECOMPOSITION� DECOMPOSITION DOES NOT OCCUR UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES DURING STORAGE� TRANSPORT AND HANDLING. UPON FUNCTIONING� THIS DEVICE CAN PRODUCE NITRATES AND OTHER OXIDES. SECTION XI: TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION CARCINOGENICITY- IARC� CARCINOGENICITY-ACGIH� THESE DEVICES MAY CONTAIN KNOWN THESE DEVICES MAY CONTAIN KNOWN OR SUSPECTED CARCINOGENS. THE OR SUSPECTED CARCINOGENS. THE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS ARE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS ARE CLAS5IFIABLE AN� YOU SHOULD CLASSIFIABLE AND YOU SHOULD REFER TO SPECIFIC MSDS FOR REFER TO SPECIFIC MSDS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION� ADDITIONAL INFORMATION� POTASSIUM DICHROMATE BORIC ACI� SARAN RESIN PVC� �CHLOROETHYLENE� POLYMER) ROLJTES OF ENTRY� �ONLY SPILLED COMPOSITIONS) INHALATION Sc INGESTION MEASURES OF TOXICITY� (INGREolENTS ONLY) MAGNESIUM — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 230 MG/KG POTASSIUM NITRATE — �ORAL)� LD50 (RaT) 301 5 MG/KG SULFUR — �INHALATION)� LC50 �RAT) �9.23 MG/L/4H, �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) �3000 MG/KG: �DERMAL)� LD50 (RaBeiT)>2000 MG/KG AMMONIUM PERCHLORATE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 4200 MG/KG CHARCOAL — (ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) � 1 0�000 MG/KG POTASSIUM DICHROMATE — �ORAL) LD50 �RAT) 25 MG/KG� �DERMAL)� LD50 �RABBIT) 1 4 MG/KG �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MORTAR HITS� (ALL COLORS Sc TYPES) SECTION I: PRODUCT & MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION PRODLJCT IDENTIFIER MORTAR HITS� TYPE�S) 2 8c 3� �ALL COLORS) PRODUCT USE� THEATRICAL PYROTECHNICS AND SPECIAL EFFECTS. DEVICE WILL EXPEL BURNING PROJECTIONS. MANLJFACTLJRERS NAME� DISTRIBUTED BY: NEXT FX� INC. MFG. BY: STAGE FX� INC. STREET ADDRESS� CITY� STATE 1 84 MCNALEY ROAD COLUMBUS MT - USA ZIP CODE� TELEPHONE NLJMBER� EMERGENCY NLJMBERS� 5901 9 (406)322-1 303 DOME5T�C - (800)255-3924 INTER. - +01 (81 3)248-0585 SECTION II: HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION WHMIS CLA5SIFCATION/GHS CLA551FCATION: EXPLOSIVE CLASS � .4 y.4 ��.��`--`' ' WARNING HAZARD STATEMENT: FIRE OR PROJECTION HAZARD PRECALJTIONARY 5TATEMENTS: PREVENTION� KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT/SPARK5/OPEN FLAMES/HOT SURFACES/STRAY ELECTRICAL CURRENTS — ��NO SMOKING�� RESPONSE� IN CASE OF FIRE: EVACUATE AREA EXPLOSION R15K IN CASE OF FIRE DO NOT FIGHT FIRE WHEN FIRE HAS REACHED EXPLOSIVE PRODUCT. PRODLJCT USE: BURNING PROJECTIONS CAN AND WILL IGNITE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. HEIGHT Sc RADIAL SAFETY DISTANCES SHOULD BE APPLIED. REFER TO LABEL OR MANUFACTURER FOR APPROPRIATE SAFETY DISTANCES FOR SPECIFIC PRO�UCT. ��FOR PROFESSIONAL USE ONLY" NOT FOR CONSUMER OR RETAIL SALES. SALES TO PERSONS UNDER �1 8) YEARS PROHIBITED. POTENTIAL ACUTE HEALTH EFFECTS: DEVICE COULD CAUSE SERIOUS BURN INJURIES IF INCORRECTLY USED. POTENTIAL CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECT5: THERE ARE NO CHRONIC AFFECTS FROM HANDLING THIS PRODUCT APPROPRIATELY. 5EE APPROPRIATE MSDS FOR COMPONENT INGREDIENTS. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION RATINGS� HEALTH HAZARD — 1 FLAMMABILITY — 3 REACTIVITY — 1 SPECIAL - O �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MORTAR HITS� (ALL COLORS Sc TYPES) SECTION III: COMPOSITION/INGREDIENT INFORMATION HAZARDOUS INC3REDIENTS % CAS NUMBER N ITROCELLULOSE * 9004�70�0 POTA551UM PERCHLORATE * 7778-74-7 STRONTIUM NITRATE * 1 0042�76�9 SODIUM NITRATE * 763 1 �99�4 MAGNESIUM * 7439-95-4 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE * 9002�86�2 STRONTIUM CARBONATE * 1 633-05-2 PARLON� �CHLORINATED RUBBER) * 9006�03�5 BARIUM NITRATE * 1 0022-3 1 -8 BORIC ACID * 1 0043-35-3 LYCOPODIUM * RED GUM * HEXAMINE * 1 00-97-0 SILICA� AMORPHOUS� FUMED� CRYSTAL- FREE * 1 1 2945-52-5 * INGREDIENT PERCENTAGE5 ARE COMPANY PROPRIETARY. SECTION IV: FIRST AID MEASURES ROUTES OF ENTRY� X SKIN CONTACT - SKIN ABBORPTION X EYE CONTACT X INNALATION X INGEBTION SKIN CONTACT' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT HAVE ANY SKIN CONTACT HAZARDS. SERIOUS BURNS C❑UL� TAKE PLACE IF ACCIDENTAL IGNITION. CONTENTS �IF SPILLED) SHOULD BE WASHED IMMEDIATELY FROM EXPOSED AREA WITH PLENTY OF SOAP AN� WATER. EYE C�NTACT' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT HAVE ANY EYE CONTACT HAZARDS. SERIOUS EYE INJURIES COULD RESULT IF ACCIDENTAL IGNITION OCCURS. �IF CONTENTS ARE SPILLED) FLUSH EYES FOR A MINIMUM OF 1 5 MINUTES. IF IRRITATION PERSISTS� SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION. INHALATION' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT PRESENT AN INHALATION HAZARD. SMOKE FROM DEVICE FUNCTIONING MAY CAUSE IRRITATION IF USED WITHIN NON- VENTILATE� OR SMALL CONFINED SPACES. INGESTION' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT PRESENT AN INGESTION HAZARD. IF CONTENTS ARE ACCIDENTALLY INGESTED� SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. ACUTE HEALTH EFFECTS; SOME INGREDIENTS ARE CONSIDERED IRRITANTS AND SHOULD BE HAN�LED AS SUCH IF EXPOSED. CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECTSC THERE ARE NO CHRONIC AFFECTS FROM THE HANDLING OF THIS PRODUCT. ALTHOUGH REPEATE� CLOSE PROXIMITY LJ5E �WITHOUT HEARING PROTECTION) COULD CAUSE HEARING LOSS. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MORTAR HITS� (ALL COLORS Sc TYPES) SECTION V: FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES � RELATED INFORMATION FLAMMABILITY� NFPA RATING� ALL PYROTECHNICS ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE 4 — SEVERE HAZARD GENERAL FIRE HAZARDS� PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITIONS/DEVICES BURN VIOLENTLY AND ARE SELF- OXIDIZED. FASTER BURNING COMPOSITIONS MAY REACH DETONATION LEVELS DEPENDENT UPON COMPOSITION� PACKAGED CONFIGURATION AND/OR CONTAINMENT. MEANS ❑F EXTINGUISHMENT� PYROTECHNICS ARE SELF-OXIDIZED AND CANNOT BE EXTINGUISHED WITH NORMAL MEANS. DO NOT FIGHT FIRES INVOLVING THE DEVICES. INCIPIENT FIRES MAY BE FOUGHT. DO NOT USE SUFFOCATION METHODS� CLEAR AREA OF PERSONNEL: SECTION VI: ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES CONTAINMENT PROCEDURES� DEVICES MAY BE GENTLY PICKE� UP AND RE-PACKAGED IN ORIGINAL PACKAGING OR EQUIVALENT. IN CASE PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION IS SPILLED: KEEP AWAY FROM ANY POSSIBLE IGNITION SOURCES SUCH AS OPEN FLAMES� SPARKS AND NON-RATED ELECTRICAL DEVICES. PREVENT POSSIBLE ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES �FOR EXAMPLE: DO NOT USE A SYNTHETIC DUSTPAN AND BRUSH). CLEAN-UP PROCEDURES� PACKAGED DEVICES CAN BE PICKED UP GENTLY. FOR SPILLED MATERIAL� WHICH MAY BE RELEASED ACCIDENTALLY� FLOOD AREA WITH WATER AND USE CONDUCTIVE ❑R NATURAL MATERIAL LJTENSILS FOR PICK-UP. PLACE INTO A CLOSED CONDLJCTIVE CONTAINER FOR �ISPOSAL. SECTION VII: HANDLING AND STORAGE HANDLING PROCEDLJRES AND El♦ILIIPMENT� ALL PYROTECHNICS SHOLJLD BE HANDLE� WITH CAUTION. AVOID OPEN FLAMES� SMOKING� FRICTION� IMPACT� EXCESSIVE HEAT� ELECTROSTATIC �ISCHARGES� RA�IO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE AN� MOISTURE� (HLJMIDITY). SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED IN PACKAGING. IN 50ME CA5E5� UNPACKAGED OR EXPLOSIVE/PYROTECHNIC MATERIALS PACKAGED IN OTHER THEN ORIGINAL PACKAGING MAY HAVE TO BE HAN�LED AS A HIGHER HAZARD. I.E. 1 . 1 OR 1 .3 CLASSIFICATION. STORAGE RE4uIREMENTS� STORE IN A COOL� WELL VENTILATED� AND DRY AREA. DEPENDENT UPON APPLICATION� SEPARATION DISTANCES AND SECURITY MEASURES ARE TO BE COMPLIED WITH. STORAGE COMPATIBILITY SHOULD BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL REGULATIONS. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MORTAR HITS� (ALL COLORS Sc TYPES) SECTION VIII: EXPOSURE CONTROL/PERSONAL PROTECTION EXPOSLJRE uMiTs: ACGIH TLV = N/A OSHA PEL = N/A OTHER = N/A ENGINEERING CONTROLS� DEVICES NEED TO BE USED IN A VENTILATED AREA FOR REMOVAL OF SMOKE. SOME INGREDIENTS MAY HAVE EXPOSURE CONTROLS. THE FOLLOWING CHEMICALS HAVE EXPOSURE LEVELS LISTED ON SPECIFIC MSDS, �THESE PEL�s ARE ONLY APPLICABLE �LJRING MANLJFACTLJRING)� SODIUM NITRATE SILICA PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQLJIPMENT� SAFETY GLASSES ARE REQUIRE� WHEN HANDLING. PREVENTION OR REDUCTION OF STATIC ELECTRICITY SHOULD BE ACCOMPLISHED BY WEARING ALL COTTON CLOTHING. SECTION IX: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES PHYSICAL STATE� ODOR & APPEARANCE� SPECIFIC GRAVITYq SOLID NORMALLY BLACK CAN - N/A NO ODOR ❑DOR THRESHOLD� VISCOSITY� PARTITION COEFFICIENT� (N- N/A N/A ❑CTONAVWATER) N/A VAPOR DENSITY� (AIR=1) VAPOR PRESSLJRE� (MM/HG) EVAPORATION RATE� N/A N/A N/A BOILING POINT� (�C) FREEZING POINT (�C) PH� N/A N/A N/A 50LLJBILITY IN WATER� MELTING POINT� VOC� N�A PYROTECHNICS WILL N�A REACH AUTO-IGNITIDN TEMPERATURE BEFORE MELTING FLASHPOINT� UPPER FLAMMABLE LIMITS� LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMITS� N/A N/A N/A ALJTO-IGNITION TEMPERATLJRE� 5ENSITIVITY TO IMPACT� 5ENSITIVITY TO ELECTROSTATIC� APPROX. - 44❑° C N/A ONLY WHEN DEVICE IS UN-SHUNTED. SECTION X: STABILITY S� REACTIVITY CHEMICAL 5TABILITY� IF UNSTABLE� LJNDER WHAT CONDITIONS� X STABLE UNSTABLE INCOMPATIBILITIES OR CONDITIONS TO AVOID� IGNITION SOURCES. POSSIBILITY OF HAZARDOLJS REACTION� VERY LOW WHEN DEVICE IS SHUNTED OR SHORT CIRCUITED. LOW POSSIBILITY WHEN UN-SHUNTED. R EACTI V ITY� LOOSE COMPOSITION IS VERY REACTIVE TO SOURCES OF IGNITION. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MORTAR HITS� (ALL COLORS Sc TYPES) HAZARDOLIS DECOMPOSITION� DECOMPO5ITION DOES NOT OCCUR UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES DURING STORAGE� TRANSPORT AND HANDLING. UPON FUNCTIONING� THIS DEVICE CAN PRODUCE NITRATES AND OTHER OXIDES. SECTION XI: TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION CARCINOGENICITY— IARC� CARCINOGENICITY—ACGIH� THESE DEVICES MAY CONTAIN KNOWN THESE DEVICES MAY CONTAIN KNOWN OR SLJ5PECTED CARCINOGENS. THE OR SUSPECTED CARCINOGENS. THE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS ARE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS ARE CLASSIFIABLE AND YOU SHOULD CLASSIFIABLE AND YOU SHOULD REFER TO SPECIFIC SDS FOR REFER TO SPECIFIC SDS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION� ADDITIONAL INFORMATION� BORIC ACID SILICA� AMORPHOUS� FUMED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE ROLJTES OF ENTRY� �ONLY SPILLED COMPOSITIONS) INHALATION Sc INGESTION MEASLJRES OF TOXICITY� (INGREDIENTS ❑NLY) NITROCELLULOSE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) �5 MG/KG SODIUM NITRATE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 1 267 MG/KG STRONTIUM NITRATE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 1 892 MG/KG MAGNESIUM - �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 230 MG/KG BARIUM NITRATE - �ORAL)� LD50 (RaT) 355 MG/KG BORIC ACID — �INHALATION)� LC50 �RAT) �0. 1 6 MG/L 4H� �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 2660 MG/KG� �DERMAL) LD50 �RABBIT) �2000 MG/KG HEXAMINE - �ORAL)� LD50 (RaT) 9200 MG/KG SILICA� AMORPHOUS� FUMED - �ORAL)� LD50 (RaT) 31 60 MG/KG CHRONIC EFFECTS ❑N HLJMANS� (INGREDIENTS ❑NLY) ACLJTE EFFECTS ON HLIMANS� (INGREDIENTS ❑NLY) �SEE INGREDIENT SDS) (SEE INGREDIENT SDS) OTHER TOXIC EFFECTS ON HUMANS� (SKIN CORROSION/IRRITATION� EYE DAMAGE/IRRITATION� RESPIRATORY OR SKIN SENSITIZER� OR ASPIRATION HAZARos) N/A GERM CELL MuTAGENICITY� REPRODUCTIVE TOXICITY� N/A N/A 5TOT— 51NGLE EXPOSLJRE� 5TOT— REPEATED EXPOSLJRE� N/A N/A SYMPTOMS ❑F OVEREXPOSURE� NO OVEREXPOSURE HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEVICE OR PRODUCT. SECTION XII: ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION ECOTOXICITY� B�DS Sc COD� THE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS NOT AVAILABLE MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL ECOTOXICITY INFORMATION ON THEIR SPECIFIC MSDS; SODIUM NITRATE HEXAMINE BORIC ACID �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MINES Sc COMETS� 1 9MM� 22MM, 3 ❑MM� 45MM (SAM), 50MM� 75MM �c 1 ❑OMM� �ALL COLORS) SECTION I: PRODUCT S� MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION PRODLJCT IDENTIFIER MINES Sc COMETS� 1 9MM� 22MM� 30MM� 45n�n�t (SAM), 50MM� 75MM Sc 1 OOMM - �ALL COLORS) PRooucT USE; THEATRICAL PYROTECHNICS AND SPECIAL EFFECTS. DEVICE WILL EXPEL BURNING PROJECTION�5). MAXIMUM ALTITUDE IS DEPENDENT UPON CUSTOMER ORDER� WITH A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 350�400� FOR LARGER PRODUCT. MANLJFACTLJRERS NAME� DISTRIBUTED BY: NEXT FX� INC. MFG. BY: STAGE FX� INC. 5TREET ADDRESS� CITY� STATE 1 84 MCNALEY ROAD COLUMBUS MT � USA ZIP CODE� TELEPHONE NUMBER� EMERGENCY NUMBERS� 5901 9 (406)322-1 303 DOME5TIC - (800)255-3924 INTER. - +O1 (81 3)248-0585 SECTION II: HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION WHMIS CLA551FCATION/GHS CLA551FCATION: EXPLOSIVE CLASS 1 .4 yy4 �� WARNING HAZARD 5TATEMENT: FIRE OR PROJECTION HAZARD PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS: (PREVENTION) KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT/SPARK5/OPEN FLAMES/HOT SURFACES/STRAY ELECTRICAL CURRENTS — ��NO SMOKING�� RESPONSE� IN CASE OF FIRE: EVACUATE AREA EXPLOSION R15K IN CASE OF FIRE DO NOT FIGHT FIRE WHEN FIRE HAS REACHED EXPLOSIVE PRODUCT. PRODLJCT USE: BURNING PROJECTIONS CAN AND WILL IGNITE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. ALTITUDE AND RADIAL SAFETY DISTANCES SHOULD BE APPLIED. REFER TO LABEL OR MANUFACTURER FOR APPROPRIATE SAFETY DISTANCES FOR SPECIFIC PRODLJCT. "FOR PROFESSIONAL USE ONLY" NOT FOR CONSUMER OR RETAIL SALES. SALE5 TO PERSON5 UNDER �1 8) YEARS PROHIBITED. POTENTIAL ACUTE HEALTH EFFECT5: DEVICE COULD CAU5E 5ERIOU5 BURN INJURIES IF INCORRECTLY USED. POTENTIAL CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECTS: TNERE ARE NO CNRONIC AFFECTS FROM NANDLING TNIS PRODUCT APPROPRIATELY. SEE APPROPRIATE MSDS FOR COMPONENT INGREDIENTS. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MINES Sc COMETS� 1 9MM� 22MM, 3 ❑MM� 45MM (SAM), 50MM� 75MM �c 1 ❑OMM� �ALL COLORS) NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTIDN ASSOCIATIDN RATINGS� HEALTH HAZARD — 1 FLAMMABILITY — 3 REACTIVITY — 1 SPECIAL - O SECTION III: COMPOSITION/INGREDIENT INFORMATION HAZARDOUB INGREDIENTS % CAS NUMBER POTA551UM PERCHLORATE * 7778-74-7 STRONTIUM CARBONATE * 1 633�05�2 SARAN RESIN * 90 1 1 -06-7 RED GUM * DEXTRINE * 9004-53-9 MAGNESIUM * 7439-95-4 POTA551UM DICHROMATE * 7778-50-9 TITANIUM * 7440-32-6 BLACK COPPER OXIDE * 1 31 7�38�0 POTA551UM NITRATE * 7757-79-1 SULFUR * 7704-34-9 C HARCOAL * 7440-44-0 BARIUM NITRATE * 1 0022�3 1 �8 ALUMINUM * 7429-90-5 BORIC ACID * 1 0043-35-3 ANTIMONY SULFIDE * 1 345-04�6 BARIUM CARBONATE * 51 3-77-9 SODIUM BICARBONATE * 1 44-55�8 CALCIUM CARBONATE * 471 -34-1 * INGREDIENT PERCENTAGE5 ARE COMPANY PROPRIETARY. CHEMICAL INGREDIENT LI5T COVER5 ALL COLOR Sc EFFECT VARIANT5� BUT MAY VARY WITH 5PECIFIC CU5TOM COLORATION AND/OR EFFECT REQUIREMENT5. SECTION IV: FIRST AID MEASURES ROUTEB OF ENTRY� X SKIN CONTACT - SKIN AB50RPTION X EYE CONTACT X INNALATION X INGESTION SKIN CONTACT' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT HAVE ANY SKIN CONTACT HAZARDS. SERIOUS BURNS COULD TAKE PLACE IF ACCIDENTAL IGNITION. CONTENTS �IF SPILLED) SHOULD BE WASHED IMMEDIATELY FROM EXPOSED AREA WITH PLENTY OF SOAP AND WATER. EYE C�NTACT' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT HAVE ANY EYE CONTACT HAZARDS. SERIOUS EYE INJURIES COULD RESULT IF ACCIDENTAL IGNITION OCCURS. �IF CONTENTS ARE SPILLED) FLUSH EYES FOR A MINIMUM OF 1 5 MINUTES. IF IRRITATION PERSISTS� SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MINES Sc COMETS� 1 9MM� 22MM, 3 ❑MM� 45MM (SAM), 50MM� 75MM �c 1 ❑OMM� �ALL COLORS) INHALATION' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT PRESENT AN INHALATION HAZARD. SMOKE FROM DEVICE FUNCTIONING MAY CAUSE IRRITATION IF LJSED WITHIN NON- VENTILATED OR SMALL CONFINED SPACES. INGESTION' PRODUCT ITSELF DOES NOT PRESENT AN INGESTION HAZARD. IF CONTENTS ARE ACCIDENTALLY INGESTED� SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. ACUTE HEALTH EFFECTS; SOME INGREDIENTS ARE CONSIDERED IRRITANTS AND SHOULD BE HANDLED AS SUCH IF EXPOSED. THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF THOSE INGREDIENTS� BLACK COPPER OXIDE BARIUM NITRATE ALUMINUM BORIC ACID CALCIUM CARBONATE CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECTS: THERE ARE NO CHRONIC AFFECTS FROM THE HANDLING OF THIS PRODUCT. ALTHOUGH REPEATED CLOSE PROXIMITY USE �WITHOUT HEARING PROTECTION) COULD CAUSE HEARING LOSS. SECTION V: FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES �c RELATED INFORMATION FLAMMABILITY� NFPA RATING� ALL PYROTECHNICS ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE 4 — SEVERE HAZARD GENERAL FIRE HAZARDS� PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITIONS/DEVICES BURN VIOLENTLY AND ARE SELF- OXIDIZED. FASTER BURNING COMPOSITIONS MAY REACH DETONATION LEVELS �EPENDENT UPON COMPOSITION� PACKAGED CONFIGURATION AND/OR CONTAINMENT. BURNING PROJECTIONS CAN AND WILL IGNITE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. ALTITUDE AND RADIAL SAFETY DISTANCES SHOULD BE APPLIED. MEANS OF EXTINGLIISHMENT� PYROTECHNICS ARE SELF-OXIDIZED AND CANNOT BE EXTINGUISHED WITH NORMAL MEANS. DO NOT FIGHT FIRES INVOLVING THE DEVICES. INCIPIENT FIRES MAY BE FOUGHT. DO NOT USE SUFFOCATION METHODS� CLEAR AREA OF PERSONNEL: SECTION VI: ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES CONTAINMENT PROCEDLJRES� DEVICES MAY BE GENTLY PICKED UP AND RE-PACKAGED IN ORIGINAL PACKAGING OR EQUIVALENT. IN CASE PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION IS SPILLED: KEEP AWAY FROM ANY POSSIBLE IGNITION SOURCES SUCH AS OPEN FLAMES� SPARKS AN� NON-RATED ELECTRICAL DEVICES. PREVENT POSSIBLE ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES �FOR EXAMPLE: DO NOT USE A SYNTHETIC DUSTPAN AND BRUSH). �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MINES Sc COMETS� 1 9MM� 22MM, 3 ❑MM� 45MM (SAM), 50MM� 75MM �c 1 ❑OMM� �ALL COLORS) CLEAN-UP PROCEDLJRES� PACKAGED DEVICES CAN BE PICKED UP GENTLY. FOR SPILLE� MATERIAL� WHICH MAY BE RELEASED ACCIDENTALLY� FLOOD AREA WITH WATER AND USE CONDUCTIVE OR NATURAL MATERIAL UTENSILS FOR PICK-UP. PLACE INTO A CLOSED CONDUCTIVE CONTAINER FOR �ISPOSAL. SECTION VII: HANDLING AND STORAGE HANDLING PROCEDLJRES AND El♦ILIIPMENT� ALL PYROTECHNICS SHOLJL� BE HANDLED WITH CAUTION. AVOID OPEN FLAMES� SMOKING� FRICTION� IMPACT� EXCESSIVE HEAT� ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES� RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE AND MOISTURE. DO NOT AIM ❑PEN END OF THE DEVICE TOWARDS PERSONNEL OR COMBLJSTIBLE MATERIALS. SAFETY INSTRLJCTIONS INCLUDE� IN PACKAGING. IN SOME CASES� UNPACKAGED OR EXPLOSIVE/PYROTECHNIC MATERIALS PACKAGED IN OTHER THEN ORIGINAL PACKAGING MAY HAVE TO BE HANDLED AS A HIGHER HAZARD. I.E. 1 . 1 OR 1 .3 CLASSIFICATION. STORAGE REQUIREMENTS� STORE IN A COOL� WELL VENTILATED� AND DRY AREA. DEPENDENT UPON APPLICATION� SEPARATION DISTANCES AND SECURITY MEASURES ARE TO BE COMPLIED WITH. STORAGE COMPATIBILITY SHOULD BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL REGULATIONS. SECTION VIII: EXPOSURE CONTROL/PERSONAL PROTECTION EXPOSIJRE un�iTs: AC G I H TLV = N/A ❑S HA PE L = N/A OTH E R = N/A ENGINEERING CONTROLS� DEVICES NEED TO BE USED IN A VENTILATED AREA FOR REMOVAL OF SMOKE. SOME INGREDIENTS MAY HAVE EXPOSURE CONTROLS. LARGER DEVICES SHOULD ONLY BE USED FOR ��OUTD❑OR�� USE ONLY. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT� SAFETY GLASSES ARE REQUIRED WHEN HANDLING. PREVENTION OR REDUCTION OF STATIC ELECTRICITY SHOULD BE ACCOMPLISHED BY WEARING ALL C❑TTON CL❑THING. SECTION IX: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES PHYSICAL STATE� ❑o�R S. APPEARANCE� SPECIFIC GRAVITYq SOLID SOLID TUBES USUALLY N/A BLACK - NO ODOR ODOR THRESHOLD� VISCOSITY� PARTITION COEFFICIENT� (N- N/A N/A ❑CTONAVWATER) N/A VAPOR DENSITY� (AIR=1) VAPOR PRESSURE� (MM/HG) EVAPORATION RATE� N/A N/A N/A BOILING POINT� (�C) FREEZING POINT� (�C) PH� N/A N/A N/A �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MINES Sc COMETS� 1 9MM� 22MM, 3 ❑MM� 45MM (SAM), 50MM� 75MM �c 1 ❑OMM� �ALL COLORS) 50LLJBILITY IN WATER� MELTING POINT� VOC� N/A PYROTECHNICS WILL REACH N�A AUTO-IGNITION TEMPERATURE BEFORE MELTING FLASHPOINT� UPPER FLAMMABLE LIMITS� LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMITS� N/A N/A N/A ALJTO-IGNITION TEMPERATLJRE� SENSITIVITY TO IMPACT� 5ENSITIVITY TO ELECTROSTATIC� APPROX. - 440° C N/A ONLY WHEN DEVICE IS UN-SHUNTED. SECTION X: STABILITY S� REACTIVITY CHEMICAL STABILITY� IF LJNSTABLE� UNDER WHAT CONDITIONS� X STABLE UNSTABLE INCOMPATIBILITIES OR CONDITIONS T❑ AVDID� IGNITION SOURCES POSSIBILITY OF HAZARDOLJS REACTION� VERY L❑W WHEN DEVICE IS SHUNTED OR SHORT CIRCUITED. LOW POSSIBILITY WHEN LJN-SHUNTE�. REACTIVITY� LOOSE COMPOSITION IS VERY REACTIVE TO SOURCES OF IGNITION. HAZARDOLJS DECOMPOSITION� DECOMPOSITION DOES NOT OCCUR LJNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES DURING STORAGE� TRANSPORT AND HANDLING. UPON FUNCTIONING� THIS DEVICE CAN PRODUCE NITRATES AND OTHER OXIDES. SECTION XI: TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION CARCINOGENICITY- IARC� CARCINOGENICITY-ACGIH� THESE DEVICES MAY CONTAIN KNOWN THESE DEVICES MAY CONTAIN KNOWN OR SUSPECTED CARCINOGENS. THE OR SUSPECTED CARCINOGENS. THE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS ARE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS ARE CLASSIFIABLE AND YOU SHOULD CLASSIFIABLE AND YOU SHOULD REFER TO SPECIFIC MSDS FOR REFER T❑ 5PECIFIC MSDS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION� ADDITIONAL INFORMATION� ANTIMONY SULFIDE BORIC ACID POTASSIUM DICHROMATE SARAN RESIN ROUTES OF ENTRY� �ONLY SPILLED COMPOSITIONS) SKIN ABSORPTION� INHALATION Sc I NGESTION MEASLJRES OF TOXICITY� (INGREDIENTS ❑NLY) MAGNESIUM — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 23❑ MG/KG POTASSILJM DICHROMATE — �ORAL)� LD5❑ (RAT) 25 MG/KG� �DERMAL) LD50 �RABBIT) 1 4 MG/KG POTASSIUM NITRATE — (ORAL)� LD50 (RAT) 3❑ 1 5 MG/KG SULFLJR — (INHALATION)� LC5❑ (RAT) �9.23 r.�G/L/4H, �ORAL)� LD5❑ (RAT) �3❑00 MG/KG: �DERMAL)� LD50 (RaBeiT)>2000 MG/KG CHARCOAL — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) � 1 0�000 MG/KG BARIUM NITRATE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 355 MG/KG �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MINES Sc COMETS� 1 9MM� 22MM, 3 ❑MM� 45MM (SAM), 50MM� 75MM �c 1 ❑OMM� �ALL COLORS) BORIC ACID — �INHALATION)� LC50 �RAT) �0. 1 6 MG/L/4H: �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 2660 MG/KG: �DERMAL)� LD50 �RABBIT) �2000 MG/KG ANTIMONY SULFIDE — �INHALATION)� LC50 �RAT) �5.04 MG/L/4H: �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) �2000 MG/KG: �DERMAL)� LD50 �RAT) �2000 MG/KG BARIUM CARBONATE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 41 8 MG/KG SODILJM BICARBONATE — �ORAL)� LD50 (RAT) 4220 MG/KG CALCILJM CARBONATE — �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 645❑ MG/KG CHRONIC EFFECTS ❑N HUMANS� (INGREDIENTS ONLY) ACUTE EFFECTS ON HLJMANS� (INGREDIENTS ONLY) �SEE INGREDIENT SDS) �SEE INGREDIENT SDS) ❑THER TOXIC EFFECTS ❑N HLJMANS� (5KIN CORROSION/IRRITATION� EYE DAMAGE/IRRITATION� RESPIRATORY OR 5KIN SENSITIZER� OR ASPIRATION HAZARDS) NONE KNOWN GERM CELL MLJTAGENICITY� REPRODLJCTIVE TOXICITY� DOES NOT APPLY TO DEVICE DOES NOT APPLY TO DEVICE STOT- SINGLE EXPOSURE� STOT- REPEATED EXPOSURE� DOES NOT APPLY TO DEVICE DOES NOT APPLY TO DEVICE 5YMPTOMS OF ❑VEREXPOSLJRE� NO OVEREXPOSURE HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEVICE OR PRODUCT. SECTION XII: ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION ECOTOXICITY� BOD5 & COD; THE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS DOES NOT APPLY TO THE DEVICE OR MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL ECOTOXICITY PRO�UCT COVERED BY THIS SDS. INFORMATION ON THEIR SPECIFIC SDS; POTASSIUM DICHROMATE SULFLJR BORIC ACID BARILJM CARBONATE SODIUM BICARBONATE PRODLJCTS OF DEGRADATION� POSSIBLY HAZARDOUS SHORT TERM� DEGRADATION PRODUCTS ARE NOT LI KE LY. TOXICITY ❑F THE PRODUCTS OF BIODEGRADATION: THE PRODUCTS OF DEGRADATION ARE LESS TOXIC THAN THE PRODUCT ITSELF. ❑THER ADVERSE AFFECTS� NONE KNOWN BIOACCUMULATION: MOBILITY IN SOIL� DOES NOT APPLY TO DEVICE DOES NOT APPLY TO DEVICE SECTION XIII: DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS: EPA WASTE CODES APPLICABLE� UNUSE� DEVICES WILL EXHIBIT THE CHARACTERISTICS OF REACTIVITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH 40 CFR. D003 WOULD BE APPLICABLE IF DEVICES ARE CONSIDERED WASTE. �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MINES Sc COMETS� 1 9MM� 22MM, 3 ❑MM� 45MM (SAM), 50MM� 75MM �c 1 ❑OMM� �ALL COLORS) WASTE DISPOSAL� WASTES MUST BE DISPOSED OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL� STATE AN� FEDERAL REGULATIONS. AS STATED ABOVE� UNUSED DEVICE DOES EXHIBIT A RCRA CHARACTERISTIC AS DEPICTED BY 40 CFR AND/OR OTHER INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS. BEST SLJITED FOR INCINERATION AT A LICENSED EXPERIENCED DISPOSAL FACILITY. USED DEVICES MAY BE DISPOSED OF IN STANDARD REFUSE CONTAINER. SECTION XIV: TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION DOT CLASSIFICATION & UN IDENTIFICATION� PROPER SHIPPING NAME & TECHNICAL NAME� CLAS5 1 .4G - UN0431 ARTICLES� PYROTECHNIC EXPLOSIVE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR TRANSPORT� IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT� THE ERG SHOULD BE CONSULTED FOR EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. EVACUATION WILL BE NECESSARY IF ACCIDENT HAS INVOLVE� MULTIPLE DEVICES IN A FIRE OR THE POTENTIAL FOR A FIRE EXISTS. SECTION XV: REGULATORY INFORMATION: FEDERAL Sc 5TATE REGLJLATIONS� REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE MANUFACTURING� USE AND SALE OF PYROTECHNICS AND/OR CHEMICALS ARE APPLICABLE TO THIS PRODUCT LINE. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR DISTRIBUTOR OR THE MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS. ❑THER REGLJLATIONS� OSHA: HAZARDOUS BY DEFINITION OF HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD �29 CFR 1 91 O. 1 200). EINECS: SOME OF THE COMPOSITIONAL INGREDIENTS ARE ON THE EUROPEAN INVENT❑RY OF EXISTING COMMERCIAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. INGREDIENTS MAY HAVE SPECIFIC FEDERAL� STATE OR LOCAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING THRESHOLDS AND HANDLING PROCEDURES AND ONLY APPLY TO THE MANLJFACTURING OF THESE ITEMS. IF ONE OF THE INGREDIENTS IN THESE DEVICES IS POTASSIUM PERCHLORATE� THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA REQUIRES THAT THIS WARNING BE GIVEN — ��SOME PRODUCTS MAY CONTAIN PERCHLORATES. SPECIAL HANDLING MAY APPLY: SEE WWW.�TSC.CA.GOV/HAZAR�OLJSWASTE/PERCHLORATE.�� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MINES Sc COMETS� 1 9MM� 22MM, 3 ❑MM� 45MM (SAM), 50MM� 75MM �c 1 ❑OMM� �ALL COLORS) SECTION XVI: OTHER INFORMATION THE INFORMATION ABOVE IS BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND REPRESENTS THE BEST INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO US. HOWEVER� WE MAKE NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY� EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED� WITH RESPECT TO SUCH INFORMATION� AND WE ASSUME NO LIABILITY RESULTING FROM ITS USE. USERS SHOULD MAKE THEIR OWN INVESTIGATION5 TO DETERMINE THE SUITABILITY OF THE INFORMATION FOR THEIR PARTICULAR PURPOSES. IN NO EVENT SHALL NEXT FX� INC. OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIMS� LOSSES� OR DAMAGES OF ANY THIRD PARTY OR FOR LOST PROFITS OR ANY SPECIAL� INDIRECT� INCIDENTAL� CON5EQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES� HOWSOEVER ARISING� EVEN IF NEXT FX� INC. AFFILIATES OR CON5ULTANT5 HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 5UCH DAMAGES. DATE PREPARED� PREPARED BY� TELEPHONE NLJMBER� 18 SEPT. 201 3 DENNIS SLICER (406)322-1 304 �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MORTAR HITS� (ALL COLORS Sc TYPES) PRODLJCTS OF DEGRADATION� P❑SSIBLY HAZAR�OUS SHORT TERM� DEGRADATION PRO�LJCTS ARE NOT L I K E LY. TOXICITY OF THE PRODLJCTS OF BIODEGRADATION: THE PRODUCTS OF DEGRADATION ARE LESS TOXIC THAN THE PRODUCT ITSELF. OTHER ADVERSE AFFECTS� NOT AVAILABLE BIOACCLJMLJLATION: MOBILITY IN 501L� N/A N/A SECTION XIII: DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS: EPA WASTE CODES APPLICABLE� UNUSED DEVICES WILL EXHIBIT THE CHARACTERISTICS OF REACTIVITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH 40 C FR. D003 WOLJL� BE APPLICABLE IF DEVICES ARE CONSIDERED WASTE. WASTE DISPOSAL� WASTES MUST BE DISPOSED OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL� STATE AND FE�ERAL REGULATIDNS. AS STATED ABOVE� UNUSED DEVICE DOES EXHIBIT A RCRA CHARACTERISTIC AS �EPICTED BY 40 CFR AND/OR OTHER INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS. BEST SUITED FOR INCINERATION AT A LICENSED EXPERIENCED �ISPOSAL FACILITY. USE� DEVICES MAY BE DISPOSED OF IN STANDARD REFUSE CONTAINER. SECTION XIV: TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION DOT CLASSIFICATION Sc UN IDENTIFICATION� PROPER SHIPPING NAME Sc TECHNICAL NAME� CLASS 1 .4G - UN0431 ARTICLES� PYROTECHNIC EXPL051VE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR TRANSPORT� IN CASE OF AN ACCI�ENT� THE ERG SHOUL� BE CONSLJLTED FOR EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. EVACUATION WILL BE NECESSARY IF ACCIDENT HAS INVOLVED MULTIPLE DEVICES IN A FIRE OR THE POTENTIAL FOR A FIRE EXISTS. SECTION XV: REGULATORY INFORMATION: FEDERAL & STATE REGULATIONS� REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE MANUFACTURING� USE AND SALE OF PYROTECHNICS AN�/OR CHEMICALS ARE APPLICABLE TO THIS PRODUCT LINE. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR DISTRIBUTOR OR THE MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IF YOU HAVE QUE5TIONS. ❑THER REGLJLATIONS� OSHA: HAZARDOUS BY DEFINITION OF HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD �29 CFR 1 91 O. 1 200). EINECS: SOME OF THE COMPOSITIONAL INGREDIENTS ARE ON THE EUROPEAN INVENTORY OF EXISTING COMMERCIAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. INGREDIENTS MAY HAVE SPECIFIC FEDERAL� STATE OR LOCAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING THRESHOLDS AND HANDLING PROCEDURES AND ONLY APPLY TO THE MANUFACTURING OF THESE ITEMS. IF ONE OF THE INGREDIENTS IN THESE DEVICES IS POTASSIUM PERCHLORATE� �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 MORTAR HITS� (ALL COLORS Sc TYPES) THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA REQUIRES THAT THI5 WARNING BE GIVEN — ��SOME PRODUCTS MAY CONTAIN PERCHLORATES. SPECIAL HANDLING MAY APPLY! SEE WWW.�TSC.CA.GOV/HAZAR�OLJSWASTE/PERCHLORATE.�� SECTION XVI: OTHER INFORMATION THE INFORMATION ABOVE I5 BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND REPRESENTS THE BEST INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO US. HOWEVER� WE MAKE NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY� EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED� WITH RESPECT TO SUCH INFORMATION� AND WE AS5UME NO LIABILITY RESULTING FROM ITS USE. USERS SHOULD MAKE THEIR OWN INVESTIGATION5 TO DETERMINE THE SUITABILITY OF THE INFORMATION FOR THEIR PARTICULAR PURPOSE5. IN NO EVENT SHALL NEXT FX� INC. OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIMS� LOSSES� OR DAMAGES OF ANY THIRD PARTY OR FOR LOST PROFITS OR ANY SPECIAL� INDIRECT� INCIDENTAL� CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES� HOWSOEVER ARISING� EVEN IF NEXT FX� INC. AFFILIATES OR CON5ULTANTS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 5UCH DAMAGES. DATE PREPARED� PREPARED BY� TELEPHONE NLJMBER� 7 s 5EPT. 207 3 DENNIS SLICER (406)322-1 304 �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 STROBE FLARE Sc FLARES� (ALL COLORS) BORIC ACID - (INHALATION)� LC5❑ (RAT) �❑. 1 6 MG/L/4H� (ORAL)� LD5❑ �RAT) 2660 MG/KG: �DERMAL)� LD50 �RABBIT)�2❑00 MG/KG ANTIMONY SULFIDE - �INHALATION)� LC50 �RAT) �5.04 MG/L/4H, �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) �2000 MG/KG: �DERMAL)� LD50 �RAT)�2❑❑O MG/KG BARIUM CARBONATE - �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 41 8 MG/KG SODIUM BICARBONATE - �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 4220 MG/KG CALCIUM CARBONATE - �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 6450 MG/KG STRONTIUM NITRATE - �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 1 892 MG/KG BARIUM NITRATE - �ORAL)� LD5❑ (RAT) 355 MG/KG COPPER CARBONATE - �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 7 35❑ MG/KG POTASSIUM SULFATE - �ORAL)� LD50 �RAT) 6600 MG/KG SODILJM SULFATE - �ORAL)� LD5❑ (RAT) � 1 ❑�O❑O MG/KG CHRONIC EFFECTS ON HUMANsq (INGREolENTS ❑NLY) ACUTE EFFECTS ON HuMANS� (INGREDIENTS ONLY) �SEE INGREDIENT SDS) �SEE INGREDIENT SDS) OTHER TOXIC EFFECTS ON HUMANS� (SKIN CORROSION/IRRITATI�N� EYE DAMAGE/IRRITATION� RESPIRATORY OR SKIN SENSITIZER� OR ASPIRATION HAZARDS) N/A GERM CELL MLITAGENICITY� REPRODLJCTIVE TOXICITY� N/A N/A 5TOT- 51NGLE EXPOSLJRE� 5TOT- REPEATED EXPOSLJRE� N/A N/A SYMPTOMS ❑F OVEREXPOSURE� NO OVEREXPOSURE HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEVICE OR PRODUCT. SMOKE INHALATION CAN CAUSE RESPIRATORY DISTRESS AND/OR IRRITATION IF USED IN POORLY VENTILATED OR CONFINED SPACE. SECTION XII: ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION ECOTOXIGTY� B�DS S� COD; THE FOLLOWING LIST OF CHEMICALS NOT AVAILABLE MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL ECOTOXICITY INFORMATION ON THEIR SPECIFIC MSDS; SULFUR POTASSIUM DICHROMATE BORIC ACID BARIUM CARBONATE POTASSIUM SULFATE SODIUM SULFATE PRODUCTS OF DEGRADATION� POSSIBLY HAZARDOUS SHORT TERM� DEGRADATION PRODUCTS ARE NOT L I K E LY. TOXICITY OF THE PRODLJCTS OF BIODEGRADATION: THE PRODUCTS OF DEGRADATION ARE LESS TOXIC THAN THE PRODUCT ITSELF. ❑THER ADVERSE AFFECTS� NOT AVAILABLE BIOACCLJMLJLATION: MOBILITY IN 501L� N/A N/A �� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 STROBE FLARE Sc FLARES� (ALL COLORS) SECTIDN XIII: DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS: EPA WASTE CODES APPLICABLE� UNUSED �EVICES WILL EXHIBIT THE CHARACTERISTICS ❑F REACTIVITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH 40 CFR. D003 WOULD BE APPLICABLE IF DEVICES ARE CONSIDERED WASTE. WASTE DISPOSAL� WASTES MUST BE DISPOSED OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL� STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. AS STATED ABOVE� UNUSED DEVICE DOES EXHIBIT A RCRA CHARACTERISTIC AS DEPICTED BY 40 CFR AND/OR OTHER INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS. BEST SUITED FOR INCINERATION AT A LICENSED EXPERIENCED DISPOSAL FACILITY. USED DEVICES MAY BE �ISPOSED OF IN STANDAR� REFUSE CONTAINER. SECTION XIV: TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION DOT CLASSIFICATION Sc UN IDENTIFICATION� PROPER 5HIPPING NAME Sc TECHNICAL NAME� CLASS 1 .4G - UN0431 ARTICLES� PYROTECHNIC EXPL051VE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR TRANSPORT� IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT� THE ERG SHOULD BE CONSULTED FOR EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. EVACUATION WILL BE NECESSARY IF ACCIDENT HAS INVOLVED MULTIPLE DEVICES IN A FIRE OR THE POTENTIAL FOR A FIRE EXISTS. SECTION XV: REGULATORY INFORMATION: FEDERAL & STATE REGULATIONS� REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE MANUFACTURING� USE AND SALE OF PYROTECHNICS AND/OR CHEMICALS ARE APPLICABLE TO THIS PRODUCT LINE. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR DISTRIBUTOR OR THE MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS. ❑THER REGLJLATIONS� OSHA: HAZARDDUS BY DEFINITION OF HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDAR� �29 CFR 1 91 O. 1 200). EINECS: SOME OF THE COMPOSITIONAL INGREDIENTS ARE ON THE EUROPEAN INVENTORY OF EXISTING COMMERCIAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. INGREDIENTS MAY HAVE SPECIFIC FEDERAL� STATE OR LOCAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING THRESHOLDS AND HANDLING PROCEDURES AND ONLY APPLY TO THE MANUFACTURING OF THESE ITEMS. IF ONE OF THE INGREDIENTS IN THESE DEVICES IS POTASSILJM PERCHLORATE� THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA REQUIRES THAT THIS WARNING BE GIVEN — ��SOME PRODUCTS MAY CONTAIN PERCHLORATES. SPECIAL HANDLING MAY APPLY: SEE WWW.�TSC.CA.GOV/HAZAR�OLJSWASTE/PERCHLORATE.�� N EXT �X� I NC . ,84 MCNALEY ROAo S A F ETY DATA S H E ET Co�ur�eus, MT 59019 (406)322-1 303 STROBE FLARE Sc FLARES� (ALL COLORS) SECTION XVI: OTHER INFORMATION THE INFORMATION ABOVE I5 BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND REPRESENTS THE BEST INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO US. HOWEVER� WE MAKE NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY� EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED� WITH RESPECT TO SUCH INFORMATION� AND WE ASSUME NO LIABILITY RE5ULTING FROM ITS USE. USERS SHOULD MAKE THEIR OWN INVESTIGATION5 TO DETERMINE THE SUITABILITY OF THE INFORMATION FOR THEIR PARTICULAR PURPOSES. IN NO EVENT SHALL NEXT FX� INC. OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIMS� LOSSES� OR DAMAGES OF ANY THIRD PARTY OR FOR LOST PROFITS OR ANY SPECIAL� INDIRECT� INCIDENTAL� CON5EQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES� HOWSOEVER ARISING� EVEN IF NEXT FX� INC. AFFILIATES OR CON5ULTANT5 HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 5UCH DAMAGES. DATE PREPARED� PREPARED BY� TELEPHONE NLJMBER� 18 SEPT. 201 3 DENNIS SLICER (406)322-1 304